Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 2409:0ca06a92adfb vim73
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Sun, 25 Jul 2010 15:49:07 +0200 |
parents | 85b7dc8da5eb |
children | 33148c37f3c9 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
12 */ | |
13 | |
14 #include "vim.h" | |
15 | |
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
17 /* | |
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
19 */ | |
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
21 | |
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
7 | 37 |
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
39 | |
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
41 { | |
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
449 | 44 NULL, |
7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
50 NULL, | |
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
7 | 58 }; |
59 | |
1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
7 | 61 |
62 /* | |
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
64 */ | |
681 | 65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
66 struct compl_S | |
7 | 67 { |
464 | 68 compl_T *cp_next; |
69 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
681 | 71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
786 | 72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
659 | 73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
464 | 75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
7 | 77 }; |
78 | |
464 | 79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
7 | 80 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
81 | |
82 /* | |
83 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
449 | 84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
87 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
7 | 88 */ |
464 | 89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
449 | 92 |
825 | 93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
96 | |
657 | 97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
98 * are used. */ | |
99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
100 | |
665 | 101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
102 in compl_leader */ | |
103 | |
657 | 104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
105 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
106 the longest common string. */ | |
107 | |
874 | 108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
109 completions. */ | |
110 | |
111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
112 | |
449 | 113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
644 | 115 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
449 | 116 |
1927 | 117 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
118 * which is not allowed. */ | |
119 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
120 | |
464 | 121 static int compl_matches = 0; |
122 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
123 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
124 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
716 | 125 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
464 | 126 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
127 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
128 * that is being completed */ | |
129 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
130 * completion started */ | |
131 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
132 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
449 | 133 |
134 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); | |
135 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
1430 | 136 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
944 | 137 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
681 | 138 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
665 | 139 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
681 | 140 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
7 | 141 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
540 | 142 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
143 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
648 | 144 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
707 | 145 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
659 | 146 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
703 | 147 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
667 | 148 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
7 | 149 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
150 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
657 | 151 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
874 | 152 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
657 | 153 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
1782 | 154 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
874 | 155 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
694 | 156 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
659 | 157 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
540 | 158 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
7 | 159 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
724 | 160 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
161 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
162 #endif | |
659 | 163 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
7 | 164 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
165 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
665 | 166 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
610 | 167 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
644 | 168 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
610 | 169 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
681 | 170 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
7 | 171 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
1872 | 172 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
7 | 173 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
174 | |
175 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
176 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
177 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
178 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
179 | |
661 | 180 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
7 | 181 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
182 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
183 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
2004 | 184 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
7 | 185 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
186 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
187 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
744 | 188 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 189 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
484 | 190 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
497 | 191 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
221 | 192 #endif |
7 | 193 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); |
194 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); | |
840 | 195 #if 0 |
7 | 196 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c)); |
840 | 197 #endif |
7 | 198 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); |
199 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
200 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
202 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
203 #endif | |
204 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
1782 | 205 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
206 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
7 | 207 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
208 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
209 #endif | |
210 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
211 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
449 | 212 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
477 | 213 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
7 | 214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
215 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
216 #endif | |
217 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
218 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
219 #endif | |
449 | 220 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
221 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
7 | 222 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
223 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
224 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
225 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
226 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
227 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); |
7 | 228 #endif |
692 | 229 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
230 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
231 #endif | |
7 | 232 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
233 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
234 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
235 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
236 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
237 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
238 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
239 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
240 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
241 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
242 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
243 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
244 #endif | |
245 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
246 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
247 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
248 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
249 #endif | |
250 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
449 | 251 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
7 | 252 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
253 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
254 #endif | |
255 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
256 | |
257 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
258 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
259 | |
260 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
261 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
262 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
263 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
603 | 264 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
7 | 265 |
266 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
267 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
268 #endif | |
269 | |
270 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
271 | |
272 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
298 | 273 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
274 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
275 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
276 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
7 | 277 #endif |
278 | |
279 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
280 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
281 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
282 | |
283 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
284 under the cursor */ | |
285 | |
286 /* | |
287 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
288 * | |
289 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
290 * 'i' normal insert command | |
291 * 'a' normal append command | |
292 * 'R' replace command | |
293 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
294 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
295 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
296 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
297 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
298 * | |
299 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
300 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
301 * | |
302 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
303 */ | |
304 int | |
305 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
306 int cmdchar; | |
307 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
308 long count; | |
309 { | |
310 int c = 0; | |
311 char_u *ptr; | |
312 int lastc; | |
1869 | 313 int mincol; |
7 | 314 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
315 int i; | |
316 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
317 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
318 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
319 #endif | |
320 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
321 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
322 int old_topfill = -1; | |
323 #endif | |
324 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
325 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
477 | 326 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
7 | 327 |
603 | 328 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
329 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
330 | |
7 | 331 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
332 * error message */ | |
333 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
334 | |
335 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
336 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
337 if (sandbox != 0) | |
338 { | |
339 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
340 return FALSE; | |
341 } | |
342 #endif | |
632 | 343 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
344 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
634 | 345 if (textlock != 0) |
632 | 346 { |
347 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
348 return FALSE; | |
349 } | |
7 | 350 |
351 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
844 | 352 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
1927 | 353 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
844 | 354 { |
355 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
356 return FALSE; | |
357 } | |
7 | 358 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
359 #endif | |
360 | |
11 | 361 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
362 /* | |
363 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
364 */ | |
365 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
366 { | |
532 | 367 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
11 | 368 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
369 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
370 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
371 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
372 else | |
373 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
374 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
532 | 375 # endif |
11 | 376 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
377 } | |
378 #endif | |
379 | |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
380 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
381 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
382 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
383 conceal_check_cursur_line_redraw(); |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
384 #endif |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
385 |
7 | 386 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
387 /* | |
388 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
389 * where the paste started. | |
390 */ | |
391 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
392 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
393 else | |
394 #endif | |
395 { | |
396 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
397 if (startln) | |
398 Insstart.col = 0; | |
399 } | |
1869 | 400 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
7 | 401 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
402 if (!did_ai) | |
403 ai_col = 0; | |
404 | |
405 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
406 { | |
407 ResetRedobuff(); | |
408 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
409 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
410 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
411 { | |
412 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
413 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
414 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
415 } | |
416 else | |
417 #endif | |
418 { | |
419 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
420 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
421 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
422 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
423 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
424 } | |
425 } | |
426 | |
427 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
428 { | |
429 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
430 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
431 { | |
432 beep_flush(); | |
433 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
434 State = INSERT; | |
435 } | |
436 else | |
437 #endif | |
438 State = REPLACE; | |
439 } | |
440 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
441 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
442 { | |
443 State = VREPLACE; | |
444 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
445 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
446 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
447 } | |
448 #endif | |
449 else | |
450 State = INSERT; | |
451 | |
452 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
453 | |
454 /* | |
455 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
456 * on a TAB or special character. | |
457 */ | |
458 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
459 | |
460 /* | |
461 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
462 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
463 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
464 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
465 */ | |
466 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
467 State |= LANGMAP; | |
468 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
469 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
470 #endif | |
471 | |
472 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
473 setmouse(); | |
474 #endif | |
475 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
476 clear_showcmd(); | |
477 #endif | |
478 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
479 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
480 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
481 if (revins_on) | |
482 undisplay_dollar(); | |
483 revins_chars = 0; | |
484 revins_legal = 0; | |
485 revins_scol = -1; | |
486 #endif | |
487 | |
488 /* | |
489 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
490 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
491 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
492 */ | |
493 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
494 { | |
495 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
496 /* | |
497 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
498 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
499 */ | |
500 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
501 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
502 else | |
503 #endif | |
504 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
505 restart_edit = 0; | |
506 | |
507 /* | |
508 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
509 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
510 * correct in very rare cases). | |
511 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
512 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
513 */ | |
514 validate_virtcol(); | |
515 update_curswant(); | |
230 | 516 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
7 | 517 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
518 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
519 { | |
520 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
521 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
522 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
523 else if (has_mbyte) | |
524 { | |
474 | 525 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 526 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
527 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
528 } | |
529 #endif | |
530 } | |
230 | 531 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
7 | 532 } |
533 else | |
534 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
535 | |
536 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
537 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
538 | |
539 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
540 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
541 | |
542 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
543 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
544 #endif | |
545 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
546 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
547 #endif | |
548 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
549 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
550 * restarting. */ | |
551 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
552 foldOpenCursor(); | |
553 #endif | |
554 | |
555 /* | |
556 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
557 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
558 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
559 */ | |
560 i = 0; | |
644 | 561 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
7 | 562 i = showmode(); |
563 | |
564 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
1473 | 565 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
7 | 566 |
567 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
568 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
569 #endif | |
570 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
571 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
572 #endif | |
573 | |
603 | 574 /* |
575 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
576 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
577 */ | |
7 | 578 ptr = get_inserted(); |
579 if (ptr == NULL) | |
580 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
581 else | |
582 { | |
583 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
584 vim_free(ptr); | |
585 } | |
586 | |
587 old_indent = 0; | |
588 | |
589 /* | |
590 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
591 */ | |
592 for (;;) | |
593 { | |
594 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
595 if (!revins_legal) | |
596 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
597 else | |
598 revins_legal = 0; | |
599 #endif | |
600 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
601 count = 0; | |
602 | |
603 if (stop_insert_mode) | |
604 { | |
605 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
606 count = 0; | |
607 goto doESCkey; | |
608 } | |
609 | |
610 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
611 if (!arrow_used) | |
612 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
613 | |
614 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
615 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
616 if (stuff_empty()) | |
617 { | |
618 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
619 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
620 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
621 } | |
622 | |
623 /* | |
624 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
625 */ | |
626 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
627 | |
628 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
629 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
630 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
631 * autocommand. */ | |
632 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
633 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
634 #endif | |
635 | |
636 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
637 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
638 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
639 foldOpenCursor(); | |
640 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
641 if (!char_avail()) | |
642 foldCheckClose(); | |
643 #endif | |
644 | |
645 /* | |
646 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
647 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
648 * redraw. | |
649 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
650 * something. | |
651 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
652 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
653 */ | |
654 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
655 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
656 && !did_backspace | |
657 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
658 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
659 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
660 #endif | |
661 ) | |
662 { | |
663 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
664 validate_cursor_col(); | |
665 | |
1869 | 666 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
7 | 667 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
668 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
669 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
670 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
671 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
672 #endif | |
673 )) | |
674 { | |
675 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
676 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
677 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
678 else | |
679 #endif | |
680 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
681 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
682 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
683 else | |
684 #endif | |
685 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
686 } | |
687 } | |
688 | |
689 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
690 update_topline(); | |
691 | |
692 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
693 | |
694 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
695 | |
696 /* | |
697 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
698 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
699 */ | |
661 | 700 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
7 | 701 |
702 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
703 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
704 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
705 #endif | |
706 | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
707 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
708 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
709 do_check_cursorbind(); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
710 #endif |
7 | 711 update_curswant(); |
712 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
713 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
714 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
715 #endif | |
716 | |
717 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
718 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
719 #endif | |
720 | |
721 /* | |
1526 | 722 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
7 | 723 */ |
724 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
1526 | 725 do |
726 { | |
727 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
728 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
7 | 729 |
978 | 730 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
731 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
732 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
733 #endif | |
734 | |
7 | 735 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
736 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
737 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
738 #endif | |
739 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
740 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
741 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
742 #endif | |
743 | |
744 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
659 | 745 /* |
746 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
897 | 747 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
748 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
659 | 749 */ |
897 | 750 if (compl_started |
751 && pum_wanted() | |
752 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
753 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
754 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
659 | 755 { |
756 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
757 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
836 | 758 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
759 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
657 | 760 continue; |
761 | |
659 | 762 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
763 if (!compl_used_match) | |
657 | 764 { |
659 | 765 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
836 | 766 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
767 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
768 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
769 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
1872 | 770 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
836 | 771 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
659 | 772 { |
773 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
774 continue; | |
775 } | |
776 | |
1430 | 777 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
778 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
779 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
659 | 780 { |
781 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
782 continue; | |
783 } | |
665 | 784 |
887 | 785 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
825 | 786 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
787 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
788 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
665 | 789 { |
790 ins_compl_delete(); | |
791 ins_compl_insert(); | |
792 } | |
657 | 793 } |
794 } | |
795 | |
7 | 796 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
797 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
665 | 798 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
1526 | 799 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
657 | 800 continue; |
7 | 801 #endif |
802 | |
477 | 803 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
804 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
805 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
7 | 806 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
807 { | |
808 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 809 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 810 ++no_mapping; |
811 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 812 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 813 --no_mapping; |
814 --allow_keys; | |
477 | 815 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
7 | 816 { |
477 | 817 /* it's something else */ |
7 | 818 vungetc(c); |
819 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
820 } | |
821 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
822 continue; | |
823 else | |
824 { | |
477 | 825 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
826 { | |
827 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
828 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
829 nomove = TRUE; | |
830 } | |
7 | 831 count = 0; |
832 goto doESCkey; | |
833 } | |
834 } | |
835 | |
836 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
837 c = do_digraph(c); | |
838 #endif | |
839 | |
840 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
841 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
842 goto docomplete; | |
843 #endif | |
844 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
845 { | |
846 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
847 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
848 continue; | |
849 } | |
850 | |
851 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
852 if (cindent_on() | |
853 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
854 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
855 # endif | |
856 ) | |
857 { | |
858 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
859 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
860 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
861 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
862 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
863 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
864 goto force_cindent; | |
865 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
866 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
867 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
868 } | |
869 #endif | |
870 | |
871 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
872 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
873 switch (c) | |
874 { | |
875 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
876 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
877 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
878 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
879 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
880 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
881 } | |
882 #endif | |
883 | |
884 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
885 /* | |
886 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
887 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
888 * characters. | |
889 */ | |
890 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
891 continue; | |
892 #endif | |
893 | |
894 /* | |
895 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
896 */ | |
897 switch (c) | |
898 { | |
449 | 899 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
7 | 900 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
901 break; | |
902 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
903 | |
449 | 904 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
7 | 905 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
906 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
907 { | |
908 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
909 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
910 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
929 | 911 nomove = TRUE; |
7 | 912 goto doESCkey; |
913 } | |
914 #endif | |
915 | |
916 #ifdef UNIX | |
917 do_intr: | |
918 #endif | |
919 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
920 * Insert mode */ | |
921 if (goto_im()) | |
922 { | |
923 if (got_int) | |
924 { | |
925 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
926 got_int = FALSE; | |
927 } | |
928 else | |
929 vim_beep(); | |
930 break; | |
931 } | |
932 doESCkey: | |
933 /* | |
934 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
935 */ | |
936 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
937 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
230 | 938 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
7 | 939 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
940 | |
477 | 941 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
11 | 942 { |
943 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
944 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
945 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
946 FALSE, curbuf); | |
993 | 947 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
11 | 948 #endif |
7 | 949 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
11 | 950 } |
7 | 951 continue; |
952 | |
449 | 953 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
954 if (!p_im) | |
955 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
956 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
957 c = Ctrl_O; | |
958 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
959 | |
960 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
502 | 961 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
523 | 962 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
449 | 963 goto docomplete; |
964 #endif | |
965 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
966 break; | |
967 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
853 | 968 |
969 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
970 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
971 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
972 { | |
973 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
974 nomove = TRUE; | |
975 } | |
976 #endif | |
449 | 977 count = 0; |
978 goto doESCkey; | |
979 | |
464 | 980 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
981 case K_KINS: | |
982 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
983 break; | |
984 | |
985 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
986 break; | |
987 | |
449 | 988 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
989 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
990 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
991 goto doESCkey; | |
992 #endif | |
993 | |
994 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
995 case K_F1: | |
996 case K_XF1: | |
997 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
998 if (p_im) | |
999 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
1000 goto doESCkey; | |
1001 | |
1002 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
1003 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
1004 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
1389 | 1005 i = plain_vgetc(); |
449 | 1006 --no_mapping; |
1007 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
1008 break; | |
1009 #endif | |
1010 | |
1011 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
7 | 1012 case NUL: |
1013 case Ctrl_A: | |
449 | 1014 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
1015 * error. */ | |
7 | 1016 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
1017 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
1018 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
1019 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1020 break; | |
1021 | |
449 | 1022 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
7 | 1023 ins_reg(); |
1024 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1025 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1026 break; | |
1027 | |
449 | 1028 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
7 | 1029 ins_ctrl_g(); |
1030 break; | |
1031 | |
449 | 1032 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
1033 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
7 | 1034 break; |
1035 | |
1036 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
449 | 1037 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
7 | 1038 if (!p_ari) |
1039 goto normalchar; | |
1040 ins_ctrl_(); | |
1041 break; | |
1042 #endif | |
1043 | |
449 | 1044 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
7 | 1045 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
1046 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
1047 goto docomplete; | |
1048 #endif | |
1049 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1050 | |
449 | 1051 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
7 | 1052 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1053 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
1054 { | |
449 | 1055 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
1056 goto docomplete; | |
1057 break; | |
7 | 1058 } |
1059 # endif | |
1060 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
1061 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1062 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1063 break; | |
1064 | |
449 | 1065 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
7 | 1066 case K_KDEL: |
1067 ins_del(); | |
1068 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1069 break; | |
1070 | |
449 | 1071 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
7 | 1072 case Ctrl_H: |
1073 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
1074 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1075 break; | |
1076 | |
449 | 1077 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
7 | 1078 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
1079 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1080 break; | |
1081 | |
449 | 1082 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
12 | 1083 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
1084 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
449 | 1085 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
12 | 1086 goto docomplete; |
1087 # endif | |
7 | 1088 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
1089 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1090 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1091 break; | |
1092 | |
1093 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
449 | 1094 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
7 | 1095 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
1096 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
1097 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
1098 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
1099 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
1100 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
1101 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
1102 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
1103 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
1104 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
1105 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
1106 case K_X1DRAG: | |
1107 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
1108 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
1109 case K_X2DRAG: | |
1110 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
1111 ins_mouse(c); | |
1112 break; | |
1113 | |
449 | 1114 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1115 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); |
7 | 1116 break; |
1117 | |
449 | 1118 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1119 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1120 break; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1121 |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1122 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1123 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1124 break; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1125 |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1126 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1127 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); |
7 | 1128 break; |
1129 #endif | |
692 | 1130 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
1131 case K_TABLINE: | |
1132 case K_TABMENU: | |
1133 ins_tabline(c); | |
1134 break; | |
1135 #endif | |
7 | 1136 |
449 | 1137 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
7 | 1138 break; |
1139 | |
661 | 1140 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1141 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
1142 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
1143 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
1144 break; | |
1145 #endif | |
1146 | |
625 | 1147 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
1148 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
1149 * cancelled. */ | |
1150 case K_F4: | |
1151 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
1152 goto normalchar; | |
1153 break; | |
1154 #endif | |
1155 | |
7 | 1156 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
1157 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
1158 ins_scroll(); | |
1159 break; | |
1160 | |
1161 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
1162 ins_horscroll(); | |
1163 break; | |
1164 #endif | |
1165 | |
449 | 1166 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
7 | 1167 case K_KHOME: |
1168 case K_S_HOME: | |
1169 case K_C_HOME: | |
1170 ins_home(c); | |
1171 break; | |
1172 | |
449 | 1173 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
7 | 1174 case K_KEND: |
1175 case K_S_END: | |
1176 case K_C_END: | |
1177 ins_end(c); | |
1178 break; | |
1179 | |
449 | 1180 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
180 | 1181 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
1182 ins_s_left(); | |
1183 else | |
1184 ins_left(); | |
7 | 1185 break; |
1186 | |
449 | 1187 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
7 | 1188 case K_C_LEFT: |
1189 ins_s_left(); | |
1190 break; | |
1191 | |
449 | 1192 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
180 | 1193 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
1194 ins_s_right(); | |
1195 else | |
1196 ins_right(); | |
7 | 1197 break; |
1198 | |
449 | 1199 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
7 | 1200 case K_C_RIGHT: |
1201 ins_s_right(); | |
1202 break; | |
1203 | |
449 | 1204 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
665 | 1205 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1206 if (pum_visible()) | |
1207 goto docomplete; | |
1208 #endif | |
180 | 1209 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
1210 ins_pageup(); | |
1211 else | |
1212 ins_up(FALSE); | |
7 | 1213 break; |
1214 | |
449 | 1215 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
7 | 1216 case K_PAGEUP: |
1217 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
613 | 1218 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
610 | 1219 if (pum_visible()) |
1220 goto docomplete; | |
613 | 1221 #endif |
7 | 1222 ins_pageup(); |
1223 break; | |
1224 | |
449 | 1225 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
665 | 1226 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1227 if (pum_visible()) | |
1228 goto docomplete; | |
1229 #endif | |
180 | 1230 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
1231 ins_pagedown(); | |
1232 else | |
1233 ins_down(FALSE); | |
7 | 1234 break; |
1235 | |
449 | 1236 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
7 | 1237 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
1238 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
613 | 1239 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
610 | 1240 if (pum_visible()) |
1241 goto docomplete; | |
613 | 1242 #endif |
7 | 1243 ins_pagedown(); |
1244 break; | |
1245 | |
1246 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
449 | 1247 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
7 | 1248 ins_drop(); |
1249 break; | |
1250 #endif | |
1251 | |
449 | 1252 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
7 | 1253 c = TAB; |
1254 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1255 | |
449 | 1256 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
7 | 1257 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
1258 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
1259 goto docomplete; | |
1260 #endif | |
1261 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1262 if (ins_tab()) | |
1263 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
1264 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1265 break; | |
1266 | |
449 | 1267 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
7 | 1268 c = CAR; |
1269 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1270 case CAR: | |
1271 case NL: | |
1272 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
1273 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
1274 * cursor. */ | |
1275 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
1276 { | |
644 | 1277 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
1278 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
1279 else /* location list window */ | |
1280 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
7 | 1281 break; |
1282 } | |
1283 #endif | |
1284 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
1285 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
1286 { | |
1287 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
1288 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
1289 goto doESCkey; | |
1290 } | |
1291 #endif | |
1292 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
1293 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
1294 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
1295 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1296 break; | |
1297 | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1298 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
449 | 1299 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
7 | 1300 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1301 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
1302 { | |
449 | 1303 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
1304 goto docomplete; | |
1305 break; | |
7 | 1306 } |
1307 # endif | |
1308 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
1309 c = ins_digraph(); | |
1310 if (c == NUL) | |
1311 break; | |
1312 # endif | |
1313 goto normalchar; | |
449 | 1314 #endif |
7 | 1315 |
1316 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
464 | 1317 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
1318 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
1319 break; | |
1320 | |
449 | 1321 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1322 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
1323 goto normalchar; | |
1324 goto docomplete; | |
1325 | |
449 | 1326 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1327 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
1328 goto normalchar; | |
1329 goto docomplete; | |
477 | 1330 |
1331 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
1332 case Ctrl_S: | |
1333 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
1334 goto normalchar; | |
1335 goto docomplete; | |
7 | 1336 #endif |
1337 | |
449 | 1338 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
7 | 1339 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
1340 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
1341 #endif | |
1342 { | |
1343 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
1344 if (p_im) | |
1345 { | |
1346 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
1347 break; | |
1348 goto doESCkey; | |
1349 } | |
1350 goto normalchar; | |
1351 } | |
1352 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1353 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
1354 | |
449 | 1355 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
7 | 1356 case Ctrl_N: |
1357 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
1358 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
1359 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
1360 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
449 | 1361 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
7 | 1362 goto normalchar; |
1363 | |
1364 docomplete: | |
1927 | 1365 compl_busy = TRUE; |
7 | 1366 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
449 | 1367 compl_cont_status = 0; |
1927 | 1368 compl_busy = FALSE; |
7 | 1369 break; |
1370 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
1371 | |
449 | 1372 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
1373 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
1374 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
7 | 1375 break; |
1376 | |
1377 default: | |
1378 #ifdef UNIX | |
1379 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
1380 goto do_intr; | |
1381 #endif | |
1382 | |
1383 /* | |
1384 * Insert a nomal character. | |
1385 */ | |
1386 normalchar: | |
1387 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
1388 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
1389 ins_try_si(c); | |
1390 #endif | |
1391 | |
1392 if (c == ' ') | |
1393 { | |
1394 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
1395 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
1396 if (inindent(0)) | |
1397 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
1398 #endif | |
1399 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
1400 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
1401 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
1402 } | |
1403 | |
1404 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr( | |
1405 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1406 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
1407 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
1408 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
1409 #endif | |
1410 c)) | |
1411 { | |
1412 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
1413 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1414 revins_legal++; | |
1415 revins_chars++; | |
1416 #endif | |
1417 } | |
1418 | |
1419 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
1420 | |
1421 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1422 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
1423 * closed fold. */ | |
1424 foldOpenCursor(); | |
1425 #endif | |
1426 break; | |
1427 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
1428 | |
978 | 1429 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1430 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
1431 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
1432 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
1433 #endif | |
1434 | |
7 | 1435 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
1436 if (arrow_used) | |
1437 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
1438 | |
1439 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
1440 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
1441 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1442 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
1443 # endif | |
1444 ) | |
1445 { | |
1446 force_cindent: | |
1447 /* | |
1448 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
1449 */ | |
1450 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
1451 { | |
1452 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
1453 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
1454 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
1455 } | |
1456 } | |
1457 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
1458 | |
1459 } /* for (;;) */ | |
1460 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
1461 } | |
1462 | |
1463 /* | |
1464 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
1465 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
1466 * option work correctly. | |
1467 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
1468 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
1469 */ | |
1470 static void | |
661 | 1471 ins_redraw(ready) |
1876 | 1472 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
7 | 1473 { |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1474 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1475 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1476 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1477 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1478 #endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1479 |
7 | 1480 if (!char_avail()) |
1481 { | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1482 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
794 | 1483 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
1484 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1485 if (ready && ( |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1486 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1487 has_cursormovedI() |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1488 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1489 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1490 || |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1491 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1492 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1493 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1494 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1495 ) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1496 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) |
794 | 1497 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1498 && !pum_visible() |
794 | 1499 # endif |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1500 ) |
661 | 1501 { |
1506 | 1502 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
1503 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
1504 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
1505 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
1506 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1507 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) |
1506 | 1508 update_screen(0); |
1509 # endif | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1510 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1511 if (has_cursormovedI()) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1512 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1513 # endif |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1514 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1515 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1516 { |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1517 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1518 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1519 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1520 } |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1521 # endif |
661 | 1522 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; |
1523 } | |
1524 #endif | |
7 | 1525 if (must_redraw) |
1526 update_screen(0); | |
1527 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
1528 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1529 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1530 if ((conceal_update_lines |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1531 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1532 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1533 || need_cursor_line_redraw) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1534 { |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1535 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1536 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1537 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1538 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1539 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1540 } |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1541 # endif |
7 | 1542 showruler(FALSE); |
1543 setcursor(); | |
1544 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
1545 } | |
1546 } | |
1547 | |
1548 /* | |
1549 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
1550 */ | |
1551 static void | |
1552 ins_ctrl_v() | |
1553 { | |
1554 int c; | |
1555 | |
1556 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 1557 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 1558 |
1559 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
1560 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); | |
1561 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
1562 | |
1563 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
1564 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
1565 #endif | |
1566 | |
1567 c = get_literal(); | |
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
1568 edit_unputchar(); /* when line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start |
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
1569 of the next line and will not be redrawn */ |
7 | 1570 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
1571 clear_showcmd(); | |
1572 #endif | |
1573 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
1574 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1575 revins_chars++; | |
1576 revins_legal++; | |
1577 #endif | |
1578 } | |
1579 | |
1580 /* | |
1581 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
1582 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
1583 */ | |
1584 static int pc_status; | |
1585 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
1586 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
1587 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
1588 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
1589 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1590 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
1591 #else | |
1592 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */ | |
1593 #endif | |
1594 static int pc_attr; | |
1595 static int pc_row; | |
1596 static int pc_col; | |
1597 | |
1598 void | |
1599 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
1600 int c; | |
1601 int highlight; | |
1602 { | |
1603 int attr; | |
1604 | |
1605 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
1606 { | |
1607 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
1608 validate_cursor(); | |
1609 if (highlight) | |
1610 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
1611 else | |
1612 attr = 0; | |
1613 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
1614 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
1615 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1616 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
1617 #endif | |
1618 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1619 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
1620 { | |
1621 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
1622 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1623 if (has_mbyte) | |
1624 { | |
1625 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
1626 | |
1627 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
1628 { | |
1629 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
1630 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
1631 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
1632 } | |
1633 } | |
1634 # endif | |
1635 } | |
1636 else | |
1637 #endif | |
1638 { | |
1639 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
1640 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1641 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
1642 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
1643 #endif | |
1644 } | |
1645 | |
1646 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
1647 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1648 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
1649 #endif | |
1650 { | |
1651 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
1652 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
1653 } | |
1654 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
1655 } | |
1656 } | |
1657 | |
1658 /* | |
1659 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
1660 */ | |
1661 void | |
1662 edit_unputchar() | |
1663 { | |
1664 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
1665 { | |
1666 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
1667 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
1668 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
1669 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
1670 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
1671 else | |
1672 #endif | |
1673 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
1674 } | |
1675 } | |
1676 | |
1677 /* | |
1678 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
1679 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
1680 */ | |
1681 void | |
1682 display_dollar(col) | |
1683 colnr_T col; | |
1684 { | |
1685 colnr_T save_col; | |
1686 | |
1687 if (!redrawing()) | |
1688 return; | |
1689 | |
1690 cursor_off(); | |
1691 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1692 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
1693 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1694 if (has_mbyte) | |
1695 { | |
1696 char_u *p; | |
1697 | |
1698 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
1699 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
1700 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
1701 } | |
1702 #endif | |
1703 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
1704 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
1705 { | |
1706 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
1707 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
1708 } | |
1709 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
1710 } | |
1711 | |
1712 /* | |
1713 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
1714 * in insert mode. | |
1715 */ | |
1716 static void | |
1717 undisplay_dollar() | |
1718 { | |
1719 if (dollar_vcol) | |
1720 { | |
1721 dollar_vcol = 0; | |
1722 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
1723 } | |
1724 } | |
1725 | |
1726 /* | |
1727 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
1728 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
1729 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
1730 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
1731 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
1732 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
1733 */ | |
1734 void | |
1516 | 1735 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
7 | 1736 int type; |
1737 int amount; | |
1738 int round; | |
1739 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
1516 | 1740 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
7 | 1741 { |
1742 int vcol; | |
1743 int last_vcol; | |
1744 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
1745 int new_cursor_col; | |
1746 int i; | |
1747 char_u *ptr; | |
1748 int save_p_list; | |
1749 int start_col; | |
1750 colnr_T vc; | |
1751 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1752 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
1753 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
1754 | |
1755 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
1756 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1757 { | |
1758 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
1759 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1760 } | |
1761 #endif | |
1762 | |
1763 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
1764 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
1765 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
1766 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
1767 vcol = vc; | |
1768 | |
1769 /* | |
1770 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
1771 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
1772 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
1773 */ | |
1774 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1775 | |
1776 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
1777 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1778 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
1779 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1780 | |
1781 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1782 | |
1783 /* | |
1784 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
1785 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
1786 */ | |
1787 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
1788 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
1789 | |
1790 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
1791 start_col = -1; | |
1792 | |
1793 /* | |
1794 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
1795 */ | |
1796 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
1516 | 1797 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
7 | 1798 else |
1799 { | |
1800 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1801 int save_State = State; | |
1802 | |
1803 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
1804 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1805 State = INSERT; | |
1806 #endif | |
1516 | 1807 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
7 | 1808 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
1809 State = save_State; | |
1810 #endif | |
1811 } | |
1812 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1813 | |
1814 /* | |
1815 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
1816 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
1817 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
1818 * non-blank character. | |
1819 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
1820 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
1821 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
1822 */ | |
1823 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
1824 { | |
1825 /* | |
1826 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
1827 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
1828 */ | |
1829 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
1830 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
1831 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1832 } | |
1833 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
1834 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1835 else | |
1836 { | |
1837 /* | |
1838 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
1839 */ | |
1840 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
1869 | 1841 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
7 | 1842 |
1843 /* | |
1844 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
1845 */ | |
1846 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
1847 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
1848 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
1849 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
1850 { | |
1851 last_vcol = vcol; | |
1852 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1853 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
474 | 1854 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
7 | 1855 else |
1856 #endif | |
1857 ++new_cursor_col; | |
1858 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
1859 } | |
1860 vcol = last_vcol; | |
1861 | |
1862 /* | |
1863 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
1864 * the right screen column. | |
1865 */ | |
1866 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
1867 { | |
1869 | 1868 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
7 | 1869 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
1869 | 1870 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
7 | 1871 if (ptr != NULL) |
1872 { | |
1873 new_cursor_col += i; | |
1874 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
1875 while (--i >= 0) | |
1876 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
1877 ins_str(ptr); | |
1878 vim_free(ptr); | |
1879 } | |
1880 } | |
1881 | |
1882 /* | |
1883 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
1884 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
1885 */ | |
1886 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
1887 } | |
1888 | |
1889 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
1890 | |
1891 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
1892 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
1893 else | |
1869 | 1894 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
7 | 1895 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
1896 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
1897 | |
1898 /* | |
1899 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
1900 */ | |
1901 if (State & INSERT) | |
1902 { | |
1903 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
1904 { | |
1905 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
1906 Insstart.col = 0; | |
1907 else | |
1908 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
1909 } | |
1910 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
1911 ai_col = 0; | |
1912 else | |
1913 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
1914 } | |
1915 | |
1916 /* | |
1917 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
1918 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
1919 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
1920 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
1921 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
1922 */ | |
1923 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
1924 { | |
1925 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
1926 { | |
1927 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
1928 --start_col; | |
1929 } | |
1930 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
1931 { | |
1932 replace_push(NUL); | |
1933 if (replaced) | |
1934 { | |
1935 replace_push(replaced); | |
1936 replaced = NUL; | |
1937 } | |
1938 ++start_col; | |
1939 } | |
1940 } | |
1941 | |
1942 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
1943 /* | |
1944 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
1945 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
1946 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
1947 */ | |
1948 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1949 { | |
1950 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
1951 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
1952 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
1953 return; | |
1954 | |
1955 /* Save new line */ | |
1956 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
1957 if (new_line == NULL) | |
1958 return; | |
1959 | |
1960 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
1961 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
1962 | |
1963 /* Put back original line */ | |
1964 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
1965 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
1966 | |
1967 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
1968 backspace_until_column(0); | |
1969 | |
1970 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
1971 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
1972 | |
1973 vim_free(new_line); | |
1974 } | |
1975 #endif | |
1976 } | |
1977 | |
1978 /* | |
1979 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
1980 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
1981 * modes. | |
1982 */ | |
1983 void | |
1984 truncate_spaces(line) | |
1985 char_u *line; | |
1986 { | |
1987 int i; | |
1988 | |
1989 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
1990 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
1991 { | |
1992 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1993 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
1994 } | |
1995 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
1996 } | |
1997 | |
1998 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
1999 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
2000 /* | |
2001 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
2002 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
1782 | 2003 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
2004 * character. | |
7 | 2005 */ |
2006 void | |
2007 backspace_until_column(col) | |
2008 int col; | |
2009 { | |
2010 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
2011 { | |
2012 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
2013 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1782 | 2014 replace_do_bs(col); |
2015 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
2016 break; | |
2017 } | |
2018 } | |
2019 #endif | |
2020 | |
2021 /* | |
2022 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
2023 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
2024 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
2025 */ | |
2026 static int | |
2027 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
1876 | 2028 int limit_col UNUSED; |
1782 | 2029 { |
2030 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2031 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
2032 { | |
1869 | 2033 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
1782 | 2034 |
2035 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
2036 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
2037 * composing character. */ | |
2038 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
1796 | 2039 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
1782 | 2040 { |
2041 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
2042 | |
2043 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
2044 break; | |
2045 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
2046 } | |
2047 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
2048 return FALSE; | |
1869 | 2049 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
1782 | 2050 } |
2051 else | |
2052 #endif | |
2053 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
2054 return TRUE; | |
2055 } | |
7 | 2056 |
2057 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
2058 /* | |
449 | 2059 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
2060 */ | |
2061 static void | |
2062 ins_ctrl_x() | |
2063 { | |
2064 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
2065 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
2066 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
2067 { | |
2068 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
2069 * compl_cont_status */ | |
2070 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
665 | 2071 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
449 | 2072 else |
2073 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
2074 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
2075 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
2076 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
2077 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
2078 showmode(); | |
2079 } | |
2080 } | |
2081 | |
2082 /* | |
2083 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
2084 */ | |
2085 static int | |
2086 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
2087 int dict_opt; | |
2088 { | |
703 | 2089 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
744 | 2090 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
2091 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
2092 # endif | |
2093 ) | |
449 | 2094 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
2095 { | |
2096 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
2097 edit_submode = NULL; | |
2098 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
2099 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
2100 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
2101 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
2102 { | |
2103 vim_beep(); | |
2104 setcursor(); | |
2105 out_flush(); | |
2106 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
2107 } | |
2108 return FALSE; | |
2109 } | |
2110 return TRUE; | |
2111 } | |
2112 | |
2113 /* | |
7 | 2114 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
2115 * This depends on the current mode. | |
2116 */ | |
2117 int | |
2118 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
2119 int c; | |
2120 { | |
2121 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
2122 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
2123 return TRUE; | |
2124 | |
610 | 2125 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
644 | 2126 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
610 | 2127 return TRUE; |
2128 | |
7 | 2129 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
2130 { | |
2131 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
2132 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
2133 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
449 | 2134 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
7 | 2135 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
2136 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
2137 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
477 | 2138 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
2139 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's'); | |
7 | 2140 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
2141 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
2142 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
2143 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2144 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
2145 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2146 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
2147 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2148 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
2149 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2150 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
2151 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2152 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
2153 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
2154 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2155 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
2156 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
2157 #endif | |
2158 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
2159 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
2160 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
12 | 2161 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
2162 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
449 | 2163 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
523 | 2164 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
449 | 2165 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
502 | 2166 #endif |
477 | 2167 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
2168 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
7 | 2169 } |
2170 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
2171 return FALSE; | |
2172 } | |
2173 | |
2174 /* | |
1430 | 2175 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
2176 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
2177 * is visible. | |
2178 */ | |
2179 static int | |
2180 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
2181 int c; | |
2182 { | |
2183 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
2184 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
2185 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
2186 | |
2187 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
2188 { | |
2189 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
2190 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
2191 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
2192 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
2193 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
2194 | |
2195 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
2196 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
2197 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
2198 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
2199 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
2200 | |
2201 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
2202 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
2203 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
2204 } | |
2205 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
2206 } | |
2207 | |
2208 /* | |
659 | 2209 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
7 | 2210 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
1219 | 2211 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
7 | 2212 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
2213 */ | |
2214 int | |
681 | 2215 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
7 | 2216 char_u *str; |
2217 int len; | |
681 | 2218 int icase; |
7 | 2219 char_u *fname; |
2220 int dir; | |
464 | 2221 int flags; |
7 | 2222 { |
1353 | 2223 char_u *p; |
2224 int i, c; | |
2225 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
2226 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
2227 | 2227 int min_len; |
2004 | 2228 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
7 | 2229 int has_lower = FALSE; |
2230 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
1353 | 2231 |
1436 | 2232 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
1353 | 2233 { |
2234 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
2235 | |
2236 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
2237 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2238 if (has_mbyte) | |
2239 { | |
2240 p = str; | |
2241 actual_len = 0; | |
2242 while (*p != NUL) | |
2243 { | |
2244 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
2245 ++actual_len; | |
2246 } | |
2247 } | |
2248 else | |
2249 #endif | |
2250 actual_len = len; | |
2251 | |
2252 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
2253 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2254 if (has_mbyte) | |
2255 { | |
2256 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2257 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
2258 while (*p != NUL) | |
7 | 2259 { |
1353 | 2260 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
2261 ++actual_compl_length; | |
2262 } | |
2263 } | |
2264 else | |
2265 #endif | |
2266 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
2267 | |
2227 | 2268 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
2269 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
2270 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
2271 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
2272 | |
1353 | 2273 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
1869 | 2274 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
1353 | 2275 if (wca != NULL) |
2276 { | |
2277 p = str; | |
2278 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2279 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2280 if (has_mbyte) | |
2281 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2282 else | |
2283 #endif | |
2284 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
2285 | |
2286 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
2287 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2227 | 2288 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
1353 | 2289 { |
2290 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2291 if (has_mbyte) | |
2292 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2293 else | |
2294 #endif | |
2295 c = *(p++); | |
2296 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
7 | 2297 { |
1353 | 2298 has_lower = TRUE; |
2299 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
2300 { | |
2301 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
2302 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2303 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
2304 break; | |
2305 } | |
7 | 2306 } |
2307 } | |
1353 | 2308 |
2309 /* | |
2310 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
2311 * upper case. | |
2312 */ | |
2313 if (!has_lower) | |
2314 { | |
2315 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2227 | 2316 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
1353 | 2317 { |
2318 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2319 if (has_mbyte) | |
2320 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2321 else | |
2322 #endif | |
2323 c = *(p++); | |
2324 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
2325 { | |
2326 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
2327 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
2328 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
2329 break; | |
2330 } | |
2331 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
2332 } | |
2333 } | |
2334 | |
2335 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
2336 p = compl_orig_text; | |
2227 | 2337 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
7 | 2338 { |
1353 | 2339 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2340 if (has_mbyte) | |
2341 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
2342 else | |
2343 #endif | |
2344 c = *(p++); | |
2345 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
2346 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
2347 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
2348 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
7 | 2349 } |
1353 | 2350 |
1436 | 2351 /* |
1353 | 2352 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
2353 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
2354 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
2355 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
2356 */ | |
2357 p = IObuff; | |
2358 i = 0; | |
2359 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
2360 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2361 if (has_mbyte) | |
1446 | 2362 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
1353 | 2363 else |
2364 #endif | |
2365 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
2366 *p = NUL; | |
2367 | |
2368 vim_free(wca); | |
2369 } | |
7 | 2370 |
841 | 2371 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
2372 flags, FALSE); | |
2373 } | |
2374 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
7 | 2375 } |
2376 | |
2377 /* | |
2378 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
2379 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
464 | 2380 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
681 | 2381 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
7 | 2382 */ |
841 | 2383 static int |
944 | 2384 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
7 | 2385 char_u *str; |
2386 int len; | |
681 | 2387 int icase; |
7 | 2388 char_u *fname; |
841 | 2389 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
659 | 2390 int cdir; |
464 | 2391 int flags; |
944 | 2392 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
7 | 2393 { |
464 | 2394 compl_T *match; |
659 | 2395 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
7 | 2396 |
2397 ui_breakcheck(); | |
2398 if (got_int) | |
464 | 2399 return FAIL; |
7 | 2400 if (len < 0) |
2401 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
2402 | |
2403 /* | |
2404 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
2405 */ | |
944 | 2406 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
449 | 2407 { |
2408 match = compl_first_match; | |
7 | 2409 do |
2410 { | |
464 | 2411 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
989 | 2412 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
464 | 2413 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
2414 return NOTDONE; | |
2415 match = match->cp_next; | |
449 | 2416 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
7 | 2417 } |
2418 | |
540 | 2419 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
2420 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
2421 | |
7 | 2422 /* |
2423 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
2424 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
2425 */ | |
659 | 2426 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
7 | 2427 if (match == NULL) |
464 | 2428 return FAIL; |
2429 match->cp_number = -1; | |
2430 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2431 match->cp_number = 0; | |
694 | 2432 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
7 | 2433 { |
2434 vim_free(match); | |
464 | 2435 return FAIL; |
7 | 2436 } |
681 | 2437 match->cp_icase = icase; |
659 | 2438 |
7 | 2439 /* match-fname is: |
464 | 2440 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
7 | 2441 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
2442 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
659 | 2443 if (fname != NULL |
829 | 2444 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
659 | 2445 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
2446 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
464 | 2447 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
659 | 2448 else if (fname != NULL) |
2449 { | |
2450 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
464 | 2451 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
659 | 2452 } |
7 | 2453 else |
464 | 2454 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
2455 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
786 | 2456 |
2457 if (cptext != NULL) | |
2458 { | |
2459 int i; | |
2460 | |
2461 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
2462 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
2463 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
2464 } | |
7 | 2465 |
2466 /* | |
2467 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
2468 */ | |
449 | 2469 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
464 | 2470 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
7 | 2471 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
2472 { | |
464 | 2473 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
2474 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
7 | 2475 } |
2476 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
2477 { | |
464 | 2478 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
2479 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
2480 } | |
2481 if (match->cp_next) | |
2482 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
2483 if (match->cp_prev) | |
2484 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
7 | 2485 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
449 | 2486 compl_first_match = match; |
2487 compl_curr_match = match; | |
7 | 2488 |
665 | 2489 /* |
2490 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
2491 */ | |
2492 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
2493 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
2494 | |
7 | 2495 return OK; |
2496 } | |
2497 | |
2498 /* | |
681 | 2499 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
2500 * match->cp_icase. | |
2501 */ | |
2502 static int | |
2503 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
2504 compl_T *match; | |
2505 char_u *str; | |
2506 int len; | |
2507 { | |
2508 if (match->cp_icase) | |
2509 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
2510 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
2511 } | |
2512 | |
2513 /* | |
665 | 2514 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
2515 */ | |
2516 static void | |
2517 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
2518 compl_T *match; | |
2519 { | |
2520 char_u *p, *s; | |
681 | 2521 int c1, c2; |
665 | 2522 int had_match; |
2523 | |
2524 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
842 | 2525 { |
665 | 2526 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
2527 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
842 | 2528 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
2529 { | |
2530 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
2531 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 2532 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
842 | 2533 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
2534 | |
2535 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
2536 * again after redrawing. */ | |
2537 if (!had_match) | |
2538 ins_compl_delete(); | |
2539 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
2540 } | |
2541 } | |
665 | 2542 else |
2543 { | |
2544 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
681 | 2545 p = compl_leader; |
2546 s = match->cp_str; | |
2547 while (*p != NUL) | |
665 | 2548 { |
2549 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2550 if (has_mbyte) | |
2551 { | |
681 | 2552 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
2553 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
665 | 2554 } |
2555 else | |
2556 #endif | |
2557 { | |
681 | 2558 c1 = *p; |
2559 c2 = *s; | |
2560 } | |
2561 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
2562 : (c1 != c2)) | |
2563 break; | |
2564 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2565 if (has_mbyte) | |
2566 { | |
2567 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
2568 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
2569 } | |
2570 else | |
2571 #endif | |
2572 { | |
2573 ++p; | |
2574 ++s; | |
665 | 2575 } |
2576 } | |
2577 | |
2578 if (*p != NUL) | |
2579 { | |
2580 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
2581 *p = NUL; | |
2582 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
2583 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 2584 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
665 | 2585 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
2586 | |
2587 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
2588 * again after redrawing. */ | |
2589 if (!had_match) | |
2590 ins_compl_delete(); | |
2591 } | |
2592 | |
2593 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
2594 } | |
2595 } | |
2596 | |
2597 /* | |
7 | 2598 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
2599 * Frees matches[]. | |
2600 */ | |
2601 static void | |
681 | 2602 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
7 | 2603 int num_matches; |
2604 char_u **matches; | |
681 | 2605 int icase; |
7 | 2606 { |
2607 int i; | |
2608 int add_r = OK; | |
659 | 2609 int dir = compl_direction; |
7 | 2610 |
464 | 2611 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
681 | 2612 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
841 | 2613 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
7 | 2614 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
659 | 2615 dir = FORWARD; |
7 | 2616 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
2617 } | |
2618 | |
2619 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
2620 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
2621 */ | |
2622 static int | |
2623 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
2624 { | |
464 | 2625 compl_T *match; |
7 | 2626 int count = 0; |
2627 | |
449 | 2628 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
7 | 2629 { |
2630 /* | |
2631 * Find the end of the list. | |
2632 */ | |
449 | 2633 match = compl_first_match; |
2634 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
464 | 2635 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
2636 { | |
2637 match = match->cp_next; | |
7 | 2638 ++count; |
2639 } | |
464 | 2640 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
2641 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
7 | 2642 } |
2643 return count; | |
2644 } | |
2645 | |
724 | 2646 /* |
2647 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
2648 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
2649 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
2650 */ | |
2651 void | |
2652 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
1869 | 2653 colnr_T startcol; |
724 | 2654 list_T *list; |
2655 { | |
2656 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
2657 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
2658 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
2659 ins_compl_clear(); | |
2660 | |
2661 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
2662 return; | |
2663 | |
1869 | 2664 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
724 | 2665 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
2666 compl_col = startcol; | |
1869 | 2667 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
724 | 2668 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
2669 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
2670 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
942 | 2671 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
724 | 2672 return; |
2673 | |
2674 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
2675 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
2676 | |
2677 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
2678 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
2679 compl_started = TRUE; | |
2680 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
929 | 2681 compl_cont_status = 0; |
724 | 2682 |
2683 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
2684 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
2685 out_flush(); | |
2686 } | |
2687 | |
2688 | |
574 | 2689 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
2690 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
659 | 2691 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
540 | 2692 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
2693 | |
2694 /* | |
2695 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
2696 */ | |
2697 static void | |
2698 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
2699 { | |
2700 int h; | |
2701 | |
2702 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2703 { | |
2704 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
2705 update_screen(0); | |
2706 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
2707 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
2708 } | |
2709 } | |
2710 | |
2711 /* | |
2712 * Remove any popup menu. | |
2713 */ | |
2714 static void | |
2715 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
2716 { | |
2717 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2718 { | |
2719 pum_undisplay(); | |
2720 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
2721 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
2722 } | |
2723 } | |
2724 | |
2725 /* | |
2726 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
2727 */ | |
2728 static int | |
2729 pum_wanted() | |
2730 { | |
707 | 2731 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
665 | 2732 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
540 | 2733 return FALSE; |
2734 | |
2735 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
2736 if (t_colors < 8 | |
2737 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
2738 && !gui.in_use | |
2739 #endif | |
2740 ) | |
2741 return FALSE; | |
657 | 2742 return TRUE; |
2743 } | |
2744 | |
2745 /* | |
2746 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
707 | 2747 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
657 | 2748 */ |
2749 static int | |
707 | 2750 pum_enough_matches() |
657 | 2751 { |
2752 compl_T *compl; | |
2753 int i; | |
540 | 2754 |
2755 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
2756 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
2757 compl = compl_first_match; | |
2758 i = 0; | |
2759 do | |
2760 { | |
2761 if (compl == NULL | |
2762 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
2763 break; | |
2764 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2765 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
2766 | |
707 | 2767 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
2768 return (i >= 1); | |
540 | 2769 return (i >= 2); |
2770 } | |
2771 | |
2772 /* | |
2773 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
659 | 2774 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
540 | 2775 */ |
648 | 2776 void |
540 | 2777 ins_compl_show_pum() |
2778 { | |
2779 compl_T *compl; | |
659 | 2780 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
2781 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
2782 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
540 | 2783 int i; |
2784 int cur = -1; | |
2785 colnr_T col; | |
657 | 2786 int lead_len = 0; |
2787 | |
707 | 2788 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
540 | 2789 return; |
2790 | |
794 | 2791 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
2792 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
2793 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
2794 #endif | |
2795 | |
540 | 2796 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
2797 update_screen(0); | |
2798 | |
2799 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
2800 { | |
2801 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
2802 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
2803 compl = compl_first_match; | |
657 | 2804 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
835 | 2805 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
540 | 2806 do |
2807 { | |
657 | 2808 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
2809 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
681 | 2810 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
540 | 2811 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
2812 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2813 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
657 | 2814 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
2815 return; | |
659 | 2816 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
2817 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
540 | 2818 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
2819 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2820 { | |
829 | 2821 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
2822 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
2823 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2824 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2825 | |
540 | 2826 i = 0; |
2827 compl = compl_first_match; | |
2828 do | |
2829 { | |
657 | 2830 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
2831 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
681 | 2832 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
540 | 2833 { |
659 | 2834 if (!shown_match_ok) |
2835 { | |
2836 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
2837 { | |
2838 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
2839 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
2840 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
2841 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
2842 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2843 } | |
2844 else | |
2845 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
2846 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
2847 shown_compl = compl; | |
540 | 2848 cur = i; |
659 | 2849 } |
786 | 2850 |
2851 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
2852 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
2853 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
2854 else | |
2855 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
2856 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
2857 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
2858 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
2859 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
2860 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
659 | 2861 else |
2862 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
2863 } | |
2864 | |
2865 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
2866 { | |
2867 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
716 | 2868 |
2869 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
2870 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
2871 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
2872 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2873 | |
659 | 2874 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
2875 { | |
2876 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
2877 * previously displayed match. */ | |
2878 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
2879 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
2880 } | |
540 | 2881 } |
2882 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
2883 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
659 | 2884 |
2885 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
2886 cur = -1; | |
540 | 2887 } |
2888 } | |
2889 else | |
2890 { | |
2891 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
657 | 2892 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
786 | 2893 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
2894 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
2895 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
829 | 2896 { |
2897 cur = i; | |
657 | 2898 break; |
829 | 2899 } |
540 | 2900 } |
2901 | |
2902 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
2903 { | |
2904 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
2905 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
2906 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2907 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
732 | 2908 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
540 | 2909 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
2910 } | |
2911 } | |
2912 | |
7 | 2913 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
2914 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
648 | 2915 |
7 | 2916 /* |
703 | 2917 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
2918 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
7 | 2919 */ |
2920 static void | |
703 | 2921 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
2922 char_u *dict_start; | |
7 | 2923 char_u *pat; |
667 | 2924 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
703 | 2925 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
2926 { | |
2927 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
7 | 2928 char_u *ptr; |
2929 char_u *buf; | |
2930 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
2931 char_u **files; | |
2932 int count; | |
2933 int save_p_scs; | |
659 | 2934 int dir = compl_direction; |
7 | 2935 |
703 | 2936 if (*dict == NUL) |
2937 { | |
744 | 2938 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 2939 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
2940 * "spell". */ | |
2941 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
2942 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
2943 else | |
2944 #endif | |
2945 return; | |
2946 } | |
2947 | |
7 | 2948 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
703 | 2949 if (buf == NULL) |
2950 return; | |
1074 | 2951 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
703 | 2952 |
7 | 2953 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
2954 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
2955 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
2956 p_scs = FALSE; | |
667 | 2957 |
2958 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
2959 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
842 | 2960 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
667 | 2961 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
2962 { | |
842 | 2963 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
1869 | 2964 size_t len; |
842 | 2965 |
2966 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
1159 | 2967 goto theend; |
1869 | 2968 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
2969 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
667 | 2970 if (ptr == NULL) |
842 | 2971 { |
2972 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
1074 | 2973 goto theend; |
842 | 2974 } |
1869 | 2975 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
842 | 2976 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
2977 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
667 | 2978 vim_free(ptr); |
2979 } | |
2980 else | |
703 | 2981 { |
667 | 2982 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
703 | 2983 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
2984 goto theend; | |
2985 } | |
667 | 2986 |
7 | 2987 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
2988 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
703 | 2989 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
7 | 2990 { |
2991 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
2992 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
2993 { | |
2994 count = 1; | |
2995 files = &dict; | |
2996 } | |
2997 else | |
2998 { | |
2999 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
3000 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
3001 * a modeline). */ | |
3002 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
744 | 3003 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 3004 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
3005 count = -1; | |
744 | 3006 else |
3007 # endif | |
3008 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
7 | 3009 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
3010 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
3011 count = 0; | |
3012 } | |
3013 | |
744 | 3014 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
703 | 3015 if (count == -1) |
3016 { | |
712 | 3017 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
3018 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
703 | 3019 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
3020 ptr = pat + 2; | |
3021 else | |
3022 ptr = pat; | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
3023 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
703 | 3024 } |
3025 else | |
744 | 3026 # endif |
938 | 3027 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
703 | 3028 { |
3029 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
3030 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
7 | 3031 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
703 | 3032 FreeWild(count, files); |
3033 } | |
3034 if (flags != 0) | |
7 | 3035 break; |
3036 } | |
703 | 3037 |
3038 theend: | |
7 | 3039 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
3040 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
3041 vim_free(buf); | |
3042 } | |
3043 | |
703 | 3044 static void |
3045 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
3046 int count; | |
3047 char_u **files; | |
3048 int thesaurus; | |
3049 int flags; | |
3050 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
3051 char_u *buf; | |
3052 int *dir; | |
3053 { | |
3054 char_u *ptr; | |
3055 int i; | |
3056 FILE *fp; | |
3057 int add_r; | |
3058 | |
3059 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
3060 { | |
3061 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
3062 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
3063 { | |
3064 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
3065 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
1869 | 3066 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
703 | 3067 } |
3068 | |
3069 if (fp != NULL) | |
3070 { | |
3071 /* | |
3072 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
3073 * Check each line for a match. | |
3074 */ | |
3075 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
3076 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
3077 { | |
3078 ptr = buf; | |
3079 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
3080 { | |
3081 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
3082 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
3083 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
3084 else | |
3085 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
3086 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
3087 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
942 | 3088 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
703 | 3089 if (thesaurus) |
3090 { | |
3091 char_u *wstart; | |
3092 | |
3093 /* | |
3094 * Add the other matches on the line | |
3095 */ | |
1353 | 3096 ptr = buf; |
703 | 3097 while (!got_int) |
3098 { | |
3099 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
3100 * space and punctuation. */ | |
3101 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
3102 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
3103 break; | |
3104 wstart = ptr; | |
3105 | |
1353 | 3106 /* Find end of the word. */ |
703 | 3107 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3108 if (has_mbyte) | |
3109 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
3110 * different classes, only separate words | |
3111 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
3112 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
3113 { | |
3114 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
3115 | |
3116 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3117 break; | |
3118 ptr += l; | |
3119 } | |
3120 else | |
3121 #endif | |
3122 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
1353 | 3123 |
3124 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
3125 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
3126 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
3127 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
3128 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
703 | 3129 } |
3130 } | |
3131 if (add_r == OK) | |
3132 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
3133 *dir = FORWARD; | |
3134 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
3135 break; | |
3136 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
3137 * of line */ | |
3138 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
3139 break; | |
3140 } | |
3141 line_breakcheck(); | |
3142 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
3143 } | |
3144 fclose(fp); | |
3145 } | |
3146 } | |
3147 } | |
3148 | |
7 | 3149 /* |
3150 * Find the start of the next word. | |
3151 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
3152 */ | |
3153 char_u * | |
3154 find_word_start(ptr) | |
3155 char_u *ptr; | |
3156 { | |
3157 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3158 if (has_mbyte) | |
3159 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
474 | 3160 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 3161 else |
3162 #endif | |
3163 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3164 ++ptr; | |
3165 return ptr; | |
3166 } | |
3167 | |
3168 /* | |
3169 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
3170 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
3171 */ | |
3172 char_u * | |
3173 find_word_end(ptr) | |
3174 char_u *ptr; | |
3175 { | |
3176 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3177 int start_class; | |
3178 | |
3179 if (has_mbyte) | |
3180 { | |
3181 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
3182 if (start_class > 1) | |
3183 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
3184 { | |
474 | 3185 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 3186 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
3187 break; | |
3188 } | |
3189 } | |
3190 else | |
3191 #endif | |
3192 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
3193 ++ptr; | |
3194 return ptr; | |
3195 } | |
3196 | |
3197 /* | |
667 | 3198 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
3199 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
3200 */ | |
3201 static char_u * | |
3202 find_line_end(ptr) | |
3203 char_u *ptr; | |
3204 { | |
3205 char_u *s; | |
3206 | |
3207 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
3208 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
3209 --s; | |
3210 return s; | |
3211 } | |
3212 | |
3213 /* | |
7 | 3214 * Free the list of completions |
3215 */ | |
3216 static void | |
3217 ins_compl_free() | |
3218 { | |
464 | 3219 compl_T *match; |
786 | 3220 int i; |
7 | 3221 |
449 | 3222 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
3223 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
657 | 3224 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3225 compl_leader = NULL; | |
449 | 3226 |
3227 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
7 | 3228 return; |
540 | 3229 |
3230 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
3231 pum_clear(); | |
3232 | |
449 | 3233 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
7 | 3234 do |
3235 { | |
449 | 3236 match = compl_curr_match; |
464 | 3237 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
3238 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
7 | 3239 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
464 | 3240 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
3241 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
786 | 3242 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
3243 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
7 | 3244 vim_free(match); |
449 | 3245 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
3246 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
1927 | 3247 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
7 | 3248 } |
3249 | |
3250 static void | |
3251 ins_compl_clear() | |
3252 { | |
449 | 3253 compl_cont_status = 0; |
3254 compl_started = FALSE; | |
3255 compl_matches = 0; | |
3256 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
3257 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
657 | 3258 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3259 compl_leader = NULL; | |
7 | 3260 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
724 | 3261 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
3262 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
825 | 3263 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
7 | 3264 } |
3265 | |
3266 /* | |
674 | 3267 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
3268 */ | |
3269 int | |
3270 ins_compl_active() | |
3271 { | |
3272 return compl_started; | |
3273 } | |
3274 | |
3275 /* | |
659 | 3276 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
3277 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
836 | 3278 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
3279 * to be got from the user. | |
657 | 3280 */ |
3281 static int | |
3282 ins_compl_bs() | |
3283 { | |
3284 char_u *line; | |
3285 char_u *p; | |
3286 | |
836 | 3287 line = ml_get_curline(); |
3288 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3289 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
3290 | |
1430 | 3291 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
3292 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
3293 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
3294 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
3295 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
836 | 3296 return K_BS; |
3297 | |
874 | 3298 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
3299 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
3300 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
3301 || compl_was_interrupted) | |
3302 ins_compl_restart(); | |
657 | 3303 |
3304 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
835 | 3305 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
657 | 3306 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
3307 { | |
874 | 3308 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
3309 return NUL; | |
3310 } | |
3311 return K_BS; | |
3312 } | |
3313 | |
3314 /* | |
3315 * Called after changing "compl_leader". | |
3316 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
3317 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
3318 */ | |
3319 static void | |
3320 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
3321 { | |
3322 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
3323 ins_compl_delete(); | |
1782 | 3324 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
874 | 3325 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
3326 | |
3327 if (compl_started) | |
3328 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
3329 else | |
3330 { | |
826 | 3331 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
874 | 3332 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
3333 #endif | |
3334 /* | |
3335 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
3336 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
3337 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
3338 */ | |
3339 update_screen(0); | |
3340 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
3341 if (gui.in_use) | |
3342 { | |
3343 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
3344 setcursor(); | |
3345 out_flush(); | |
3346 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
3347 } | |
3348 #endif | |
3349 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
3350 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
3351 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
3352 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
3353 } | |
3354 | |
887 | 3355 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */ |
874 | 3356 if (!compl_used_match) |
3357 { | |
829 | 3358 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */ |
3359 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
3360 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)) | |
3361 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev; | |
3362 else | |
3363 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match; | |
3364 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
3365 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
874 | 3366 } |
887 | 3367 #endif |
3368 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; | |
874 | 3369 |
3370 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
3371 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
947 | 3372 |
3373 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
3374 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
3375 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
657 | 3376 } |
3377 | |
3378 /* | |
1782 | 3379 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
3380 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
3381 */ | |
3382 static int | |
3383 ins_compl_len() | |
3384 { | |
1869 | 3385 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
1782 | 3386 |
3387 if (off < 0) | |
3388 return 0; | |
3389 return off; | |
3390 } | |
3391 | |
3392 /* | |
657 | 3393 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
3394 * matches. | |
3395 */ | |
3396 static void | |
3397 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
3398 int c; | |
3399 { | |
3400 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3401 int cc; | |
3402 | |
3403 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
3404 { | |
3405 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
3406 | |
3407 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
3408 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
3409 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
3410 } | |
3411 else | |
3412 #endif | |
3413 ins_char(c); | |
3414 | |
874 | 3415 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
3416 if (compl_was_interrupted) | |
3417 ins_compl_restart(); | |
3418 | |
657 | 3419 vim_free(compl_leader); |
3420 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
1869 | 3421 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
657 | 3422 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
874 | 3423 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
3424 } | |
3425 | |
3426 /* | |
3427 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
3428 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
3429 */ | |
3430 static void | |
3431 ins_compl_restart() | |
3432 { | |
3433 ins_compl_free(); | |
3434 compl_started = FALSE; | |
3435 compl_matches = 0; | |
3436 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
3437 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
694 | 3438 } |
3439 | |
3440 /* | |
3441 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
3442 */ | |
3443 static void | |
3444 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
3445 char_u *str; | |
3446 { | |
3447 char_u *p; | |
3448 | |
3449 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
3450 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
3451 { | |
3452 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
3453 if (p != NULL) | |
3454 { | |
3455 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
3456 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
3457 } | |
657 | 3458 } |
3459 } | |
3460 | |
3461 /* | |
659 | 3462 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
3463 * matches. | |
3464 */ | |
3465 static void | |
3466 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
3467 { | |
3468 char_u *p; | |
1869 | 3469 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
659 | 3470 int c; |
887 | 3471 compl_T *cp; |
659 | 3472 |
3473 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
677 | 3474 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
887 | 3475 { |
3476 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
3477 * the leader. */ | |
3478 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
3479 { | |
3480 p = NULL; | |
3481 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
3482 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
3483 { | |
987 | 3484 if (compl_leader == NULL |
3485 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
887 | 3486 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
3487 { | |
3488 p = cp->cp_str; | |
3489 break; | |
3490 } | |
3491 } | |
3492 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
3493 return; | |
3494 } | |
3495 else | |
3496 return; | |
3497 } | |
659 | 3498 p += len; |
3499 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3500 c = mb_ptr2char(p); | |
3501 #else | |
3502 c = *p; | |
3503 #endif | |
3504 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
3505 } | |
3506 | |
3507 /* | |
7 | 3508 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
464 | 3509 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
540 | 3510 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
7 | 3511 */ |
540 | 3512 static int |
7 | 3513 ins_compl_prep(c) |
3514 int c; | |
3515 { | |
3516 char_u *ptr; | |
3517 int want_cindent; | |
540 | 3518 int retval = FALSE; |
7 | 3519 |
3520 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
3521 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
3522 */ | |
3523 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3524 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
3525 | |
1434 | 3526 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3527 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3528 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) |
540 | 3529 return retval; |
7 | 3530 |
665 | 3531 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
3532 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
3533 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
3534 { | |
3535 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
3536 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
3537 } | |
3538 | |
7 | 3539 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
3540 { | |
3541 /* | |
3542 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
3543 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
3544 */ | |
3545 switch (c) | |
3546 { | |
3547 case Ctrl_E: | |
3548 case Ctrl_Y: | |
3549 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
3550 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
3551 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
3552 else | |
3553 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
3554 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
3555 showmode(); | |
3556 break; | |
3557 case Ctrl_L: | |
3558 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
3559 break; | |
3560 case Ctrl_F: | |
3561 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
3562 break; | |
3563 case Ctrl_K: | |
3564 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
3565 break; | |
3566 case Ctrl_R: | |
3567 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
3568 break; | |
3569 case Ctrl_T: | |
3570 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
3571 break; | |
12 | 3572 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
3573 case Ctrl_U: | |
3574 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
3575 break; | |
449 | 3576 case Ctrl_O: |
523 | 3577 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
449 | 3578 break; |
502 | 3579 #endif |
477 | 3580 case 's': |
3581 case Ctrl_S: | |
3582 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
744 | 3583 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
819 | 3584 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
484 | 3585 spell_back_to_badword(); |
819 | 3586 --emsg_off; |
484 | 3587 #endif |
477 | 3588 break; |
7 | 3589 case Ctrl_RSB: |
3590 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
3591 break; | |
3592 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
3593 case Ctrl_I: | |
3594 case K_S_TAB: | |
3595 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
3596 break; | |
3597 case Ctrl_D: | |
3598 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
3599 break; | |
3600 #endif | |
3601 case Ctrl_V: | |
3602 case Ctrl_Q: | |
3603 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
3604 break; | |
3605 case Ctrl_P: | |
3606 case Ctrl_N: | |
3607 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
3608 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
3609 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
3610 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
3611 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
3612 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
3613 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
449 | 3614 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
3615 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
3616 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
3617 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
7 | 3618 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
3619 default: | |
449 | 3620 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
3621 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
3622 * mode). | |
3623 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
3624 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
3625 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
3626 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
3627 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
3628 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
3629 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
7 | 3630 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
3631 { | |
449 | 3632 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
3633 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
7 | 3634 else |
449 | 3635 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
7 | 3636 } |
3637 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
3638 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3639 showmode(); | |
3640 break; | |
3641 } | |
3642 } | |
3643 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
3644 { | |
3645 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
3646 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3647 { | |
3648 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
3649 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
3650 else | |
3651 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
3652 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3653 } | |
3654 showmode(); | |
3655 } | |
3656 | |
449 | 3657 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
7 | 3658 { |
3659 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
3660 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
449 | 3661 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
7 | 3662 showmode(); |
644 | 3663 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
3664 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
7 | 3665 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
3666 { | |
3667 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
3668 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
449 | 3669 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
836 | 3670 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
7 | 3671 { |
449 | 3672 char_u *p; |
938 | 3673 int temp = 0; |
449 | 3674 |
7 | 3675 /* |
836 | 3676 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
3677 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
3678 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
3679 * of the original text that has changed. | |
3680 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
3681 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
7 | 3682 */ |
836 | 3683 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
3684 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
3685 else if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
3686 ptr = compl_leader; | |
3687 else | |
3688 ptr = compl_orig_text; | |
897 | 3689 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) |
3690 { | |
3691 p = compl_orig_text; | |
3692 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp]; | |
3693 ++temp) | |
3694 ; | |
836 | 3695 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
897 | 3696 if (temp > 0) |
3697 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp); | |
3698 #endif | |
3699 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
3700 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
3701 } | |
3702 if (ptr != NULL) | |
3703 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1); | |
7 | 3704 } |
3705 | |
3706 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3707 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
3708 #endif | |
3709 /* | |
3710 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
3711 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
3712 */ | |
449 | 3713 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
7 | 3714 { |
3715 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3716 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
3717 if (want_cindent) | |
3718 { | |
3719 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
3720 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
3721 } | |
3722 #endif | |
3723 } | |
3724 else | |
3725 { | |
1073 | 3726 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
3727 | |
7 | 3728 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
1073 | 3729 if (prev_col > 0) |
3730 dec_cursor(); | |
7 | 3731 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
3732 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
1073 | 3733 if (prev_col > 0 |
3734 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
3735 inc_cursor(); | |
7 | 3736 } |
3737 | |
816 | 3738 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
825 | 3739 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
3740 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
3741 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
3742 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
3743 && pum_visible()) | |
540 | 3744 retval = TRUE; |
3745 | |
816 | 3746 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
3747 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
3748 { | |
3749 ins_compl_delete(); | |
3750 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
1782 | 3751 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
816 | 3752 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
1782 | 3753 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
816 | 3754 retval = TRUE; |
3755 } | |
3756 | |
1698 | 3757 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
3758 | |
7 | 3759 ins_compl_free(); |
449 | 3760 compl_started = FALSE; |
3761 compl_matches = 0; | |
7 | 3762 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
3763 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
825 | 3764 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
7 | 3765 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
3766 { | |
3767 edit_submode = NULL; | |
3768 showmode(); | |
3769 } | |
3770 | |
3771 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3772 /* | |
3773 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
3774 */ | |
3775 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
3776 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
3777 #endif | |
3778 } | |
3779 } | |
3780 | |
3781 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
3782 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
3783 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
3784 { | |
449 | 3785 compl_cont_status = 0; |
3786 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
7 | 3787 } |
540 | 3788 |
3789 return retval; | |
7 | 3790 } |
3791 | |
3792 /* | |
3793 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers | |
3794 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
3795 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
3796 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
3797 * | |
3798 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
3799 */ | |
3800 static buf_T * | |
3801 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
3802 buf_T *buf; | |
3803 int flag; | |
3804 { | |
3805 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3806 static win_T *wp; | |
3807 #endif | |
3808 | |
3809 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
3810 { | |
3811 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3812 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
3813 wp = curwin; | |
383 | 3814 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
7 | 3815 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
3816 ; | |
3817 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
3818 #else | |
3819 buf = curbuf; | |
3820 #endif | |
3821 } | |
3822 else | |
3823 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
3824 * (unlisted buffers) | |
3825 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
383 | 3826 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
7 | 3827 && ((flag == 'U' |
3828 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
3829 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
3830 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
667 | 3831 || buf->b_scanned)) |
7 | 3832 ; |
3833 return buf; | |
3834 } | |
3835 | |
12 | 3836 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
659 | 3837 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
12 | 3838 |
3839 /* | |
523 | 3840 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
502 | 3841 * get matches in "matches". |
12 | 3842 */ |
659 | 3843 static void |
3844 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
523 | 3845 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
12 | 3846 char_u *base; |
3847 { | |
452 | 3848 list_T *matchlist; |
502 | 3849 char_u *args[2]; |
3850 char_u *funcname; | |
3851 pos_T pos; | |
3852 | |
3853 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
3854 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
659 | 3855 return; |
452 | 3856 |
3857 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
3858 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
502 | 3859 args[1] = base; |
3860 | |
3861 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3862 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); | |
3863 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ | |
452 | 3864 if (matchlist == NULL) |
659 | 3865 return; |
3866 | |
724 | 3867 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); |
3868 list_unref(matchlist); | |
3869 } | |
3870 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
3871 | |
786 | 3872 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
724 | 3873 /* |
3874 * Add completions from a list. | |
3875 */ | |
3876 static void | |
3877 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
3878 list_T *list; | |
3879 { | |
3880 listitem_T *li; | |
3881 int dir = compl_direction; | |
3882 | |
659 | 3883 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
724 | 3884 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
452 | 3885 { |
786 | 3886 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
3887 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
3888 dir = FORWARD; | |
648 | 3889 else if (did_emsg) |
3890 break; | |
452 | 3891 } |
724 | 3892 } |
786 | 3893 |
3894 /* | |
3895 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. | |
3896 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
3897 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
3898 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
3899 */ | |
3900 int | |
3901 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
3902 typval_T *tv; | |
3903 int dir; | |
3904 { | |
3905 char_u *word; | |
867 | 3906 int icase = FALSE; |
944 | 3907 int adup = FALSE; |
786 | 3908 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
3909 | |
3910 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
3911 { | |
3912 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
3913 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3914 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
3915 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3916 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
3917 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3918 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
3919 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
3920 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
3921 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
3922 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
841 | 3923 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
944 | 3924 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
786 | 3925 } |
3926 else | |
3927 { | |
3928 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
3929 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
3930 } | |
3931 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL) | |
3932 return FAIL; | |
944 | 3933 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
786 | 3934 } |
724 | 3935 #endif |
12 | 3936 |
449 | 3937 /* |
3938 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
659 | 3939 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
3940 * compl_direction. | |
667 | 3941 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
3942 * where we stopped searching before. | |
449 | 3943 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
3944 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
7 | 3945 */ |
3946 static int | |
659 | 3947 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
7 | 3948 pos_T *ini; |
3949 { | |
3950 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
3951 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
3952 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
449 | 3953 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
3954 certain type. */ | |
3955 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
7 | 3956 |
464 | 3957 pos_T *pos; |
3958 char_u **matches; | |
3959 int save_p_scs; | |
3960 int save_p_ws; | |
3961 int save_p_ic; | |
3962 int i; | |
3963 int num_matches; | |
3964 int len; | |
3965 int found_new_match; | |
3966 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
3967 char_u *ptr; | |
3968 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
3969 int dict_f = 0; | |
3970 compl_T *old_match; | |
7 | 3971 |
449 | 3972 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 3973 { |
3974 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
3975 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
3976 found_all = FALSE; | |
3977 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
449 | 3978 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
12 | 3979 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
7 | 3980 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
3981 } | |
3982 | |
449 | 3983 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
659 | 3984 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
7 | 3985 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
3986 for (;;) | |
3987 { | |
3988 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
3989 | |
449 | 3990 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
7 | 3991 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
3992 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
3993 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 3994 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
7 | 3995 { |
3996 found_all = FALSE; | |
3997 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
3998 e_cpt++; | |
3999 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
4000 { | |
4001 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
4002 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
4003 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
4004 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
4005 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
4006 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
4007 type = 0; | |
4008 } | |
4009 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
4010 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
4011 { | |
4012 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
4013 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
4014 { | |
449 | 4015 compl_started = TRUE; |
7 | 4016 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
4017 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
4018 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
4019 type = 0; | |
4020 } | |
4021 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
4022 { | |
4023 found_all = TRUE; | |
4024 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
4025 continue; | |
4026 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
4027 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
4028 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
4029 } | |
274 | 4030 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
7 | 4031 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
4032 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
4033 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
4034 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname | |
4035 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
1869 | 4036 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
7 | 4037 } |
4038 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
4039 break; | |
4040 else | |
4041 { | |
4042 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4043 type = -1; | |
4044 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
4045 { | |
4046 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
4047 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
4048 else | |
4049 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
4050 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
4051 { | |
4052 dict = e_cpt; | |
4053 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
4054 } | |
4055 } | |
4056 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
4057 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
4058 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
4059 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
4060 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
4061 #endif | |
4062 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
4063 { | |
4064 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
1872 | 4065 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
1869 | 4066 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
7 | 4067 } |
4068 else | |
4069 type = -1; | |
4070 | |
4071 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
4072 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
4073 | |
4074 found_all = TRUE; | |
4075 if (type == -1) | |
4076 continue; | |
4077 } | |
4078 } | |
4079 | |
4080 switch (type) | |
4081 { | |
4082 case -1: | |
4083 break; | |
4084 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
4085 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
4086 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
659 | 4087 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
449 | 4088 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
7 | 4089 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
449 | 4090 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
7 | 4091 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
4092 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
4093 break; | |
4094 #endif | |
4095 | |
4096 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
4097 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
4098 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
703 | 4099 dict != NULL ? dict |
7 | 4100 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
4101 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
4102 ? p_tsr | |
4103 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
4104 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
4105 ? p_dict | |
4106 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
659 | 4107 compl_pattern, |
703 | 4108 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
4109 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
7 | 4110 dict = NULL; |
4111 break; | |
4112 | |
4113 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
4114 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
4115 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
449 | 4116 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
7 | 4117 |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4118 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
449 | 4119 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
4120 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
7 | 4121 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
4122 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
4123 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
4124 { | |
942 | 4125 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
7 | 4126 } |
4127 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
4128 break; | |
4129 | |
4130 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
449 | 4131 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
7 | 4132 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
4133 { | |
4134 | |
4135 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
449 | 4136 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
681 | 4137 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, |
4138 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
4139 TRUE | |
4140 #else | |
4141 FALSE | |
4142 #endif | |
4143 ); | |
7 | 4144 } |
4145 break; | |
4146 | |
4147 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
449 | 4148 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
4149 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
7 | 4150 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
681 | 4151 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
7 | 4152 break; |
4153 | |
12 | 4154 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
4155 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
523 | 4156 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
659 | 4157 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
12 | 4158 break; |
4159 #endif | |
4160 | |
477 | 4161 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
744 | 4162 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
477 | 4163 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
1872 | 4164 compl_pattern, &matches); |
477 | 4165 if (num_matches > 0) |
942 | 4166 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
477 | 4167 #endif |
4168 break; | |
4169 | |
7 | 4170 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
4171 /* | |
4172 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
4173 */ | |
4174 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
4175 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
4176 p_scs = FALSE; | |
449 | 4177 |
7 | 4178 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
4179 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this | |
4180 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
4181 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
4182 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
4183 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
4184 p_ws = FALSE; | |
4185 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
4186 p_ws = TRUE; | |
4187 for (;;) | |
4188 { | |
464 | 4189 int flags = 0; |
7 | 4190 |
1007 | 4191 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
4192 | |
540 | 4193 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
4194 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
7 | 4195 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
449 | 4196 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
7 | 4197 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
659 | 4198 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
7 | 4199 else |
659 | 4200 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
4201 compl_direction, | |
449 | 4202 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
1496 | 4203 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
1007 | 4204 --msg_silent; |
449 | 4205 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 4206 { |
667 | 4207 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
449 | 4208 compl_started = TRUE; |
7 | 4209 first_match_pos = *pos; |
4210 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
4211 } | |
4212 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
665 | 4213 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
7 | 4214 found_new_match = FAIL; |
4215 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
4216 { | |
4217 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
4218 found_all = TRUE; | |
4219 break; | |
4220 } | |
4221 | |
4222 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
449 | 4223 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
7 | 4224 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
4225 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
4226 continue; | |
4227 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
4228 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4229 { | |
449 | 4230 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
7 | 4231 { |
4232 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4233 continue; | |
4234 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
4235 if (!p_paste) | |
4236 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
4237 } | |
4238 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
4239 } | |
4240 else | |
4241 { | |
449 | 4242 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
4243 | |
4244 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 4245 { |
449 | 4246 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
7 | 4247 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
4248 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
4249 continue; | |
4250 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
4251 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
4252 } | |
4253 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
4254 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
4255 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
4256 | |
449 | 4257 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
4258 && len == compl_length) | |
7 | 4259 { |
4260 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4261 { | |
4262 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
4263 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
4264 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
449 | 4265 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
7 | 4266 * works -- Acevedo */ |
4267 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
4268 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
4269 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
4270 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
4271 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
4272 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
4273 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
4274 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
4275 { | |
419 | 4276 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
7 | 4277 { |
419 | 4278 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
7 | 4279 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
4280 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
4281 if (p_js | |
419 | 4282 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
7 | 4283 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
4284 == NULL | |
419 | 4285 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
4286 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
7 | 4287 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
4288 } | |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4289 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
7 | 4290 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
4291 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
4292 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
4293 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
464 | 4294 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 4295 } |
4296 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
4297 ptr = IObuff; | |
4298 } | |
449 | 4299 if (len == compl_length) |
7 | 4300 continue; |
4301 } | |
4302 } | |
942 | 4303 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
540 | 4304 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
659 | 4305 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
7 | 4306 { |
4307 found_new_match = OK; | |
4308 break; | |
4309 } | |
4310 } | |
4311 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
4312 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
4313 } | |
540 | 4314 |
449 | 4315 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
1796 | 4316 * expansion added something) */ |
540 | 4317 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
7 | 4318 found_new_match = OK; |
4319 | |
4320 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
4321 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
4322 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 4323 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
540 | 4324 { |
4325 if (got_int) | |
4326 break; | |
665 | 4327 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
989 | 4328 if (type != -1) |
540 | 4329 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
665 | 4330 |
540 | 4331 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
4332 || compl_interrupted) | |
4333 break; | |
4334 compl_started = TRUE; | |
4335 } | |
4336 else | |
4337 { | |
4338 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
4339 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
4340 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
4341 | |
4342 compl_started = FALSE; | |
4343 } | |
449 | 4344 } |
4345 compl_started = TRUE; | |
7 | 4346 |
4347 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4348 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
4349 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
4350 | |
4351 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
4352 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
4353 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
4354 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
4355 | |
4356 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
449 | 4357 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
4358 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
724 | 4359 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
4360 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
449 | 4361 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
4362 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
7 | 4363 return i; |
4364 } | |
4365 | |
4366 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
4367 static void | |
4368 ins_compl_delete() | |
4369 { | |
4370 int i; | |
4371 | |
4372 /* | |
4373 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
4374 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
4375 */ | |
449 | 4376 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
7 | 4377 backspace_until_column(i); |
4378 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
4379 } | |
4380 | |
4381 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
4382 static void | |
4383 ins_compl_insert() | |
4384 { | |
1782 | 4385 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
683 | 4386 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
4387 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
4388 else | |
4389 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
7 | 4390 } |
4391 | |
4392 /* | |
4393 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
464 | 4394 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
4395 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
4396 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
4397 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
4398 * through the ones found so far. | |
7 | 4399 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
4400 * | |
449 | 4401 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
4402 * compl_shown_match here. | |
7 | 4403 * |
4404 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
464 | 4405 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
4406 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
7 | 4407 */ |
4408 static int | |
665 | 4409 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
7 | 4410 int allow_get_expansion; |
610 | 4411 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
4412 be at least 1 */ | |
665 | 4413 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
7 | 4414 { |
4415 int num_matches = -1; | |
4416 int i; | |
610 | 4417 int todo = count; |
657 | 4418 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
4419 int found_end = FALSE; | |
836 | 4420 int advance; |
7 | 4421 |
665 | 4422 if (compl_leader != NULL |
4423 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
4424 { | |
4425 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
4426 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
681 | 4427 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
835 | 4428 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
665 | 4429 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
4430 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
4431 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
887 | 4432 |
4433 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
4434 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
4435 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
4436 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
4437 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
4438 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
4439 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
4440 { | |
4441 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
4442 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
4443 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
4444 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
4445 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
4446 } | |
665 | 4447 } |
4448 | |
4449 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
874 | 4450 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
7 | 4451 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
4452 ins_compl_delete(); | |
665 | 4453 |
836 | 4454 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
4455 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
4456 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
4457 | |
874 | 4458 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
4459 if (compl_restarting) | |
4460 { | |
4461 advance = FALSE; | |
4462 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
4463 } | |
4464 | |
610 | 4465 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
4466 * around. */ | |
4467 while (--todo >= 0) | |
4468 { | |
4469 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
4470 { | |
4471 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
657 | 4472 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
4473 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
4474 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
610 | 4475 } |
4476 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
4477 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
4478 { | |
657 | 4479 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
610 | 4480 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
657 | 4481 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
7 | 4482 } |
4483 else | |
610 | 4484 { |
909 | 4485 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
4486 { | |
4487 if (advance) | |
4488 { | |
4489 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
4490 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
4491 else | |
4492 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
4493 } | |
4494 return -1; | |
4495 } | |
4496 | |
836 | 4497 if (advance) |
4498 { | |
4499 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
4500 --compl_pending; | |
4501 else | |
4502 ++compl_pending; | |
4503 } | |
657 | 4504 |
874 | 4505 /* Find matches. */ |
659 | 4506 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
909 | 4507 |
4508 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
4509 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
836 | 4510 && advance) |
909 | 4511 { |
4512 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
4513 { | |
4514 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
4515 --compl_pending; | |
4516 } | |
4517 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
4518 { | |
4519 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
4520 ++compl_pending; | |
4521 } | |
4522 else | |
4523 break; | |
4524 } | |
657 | 4525 found_end = FALSE; |
4526 } | |
4527 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
4528 && compl_leader != NULL | |
681 | 4529 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
835 | 4530 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
657 | 4531 ++todo; |
4532 else | |
4533 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
4534 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
4535 | |
4536 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
4537 if (found_end) | |
4538 { | |
4539 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
610 | 4540 { |
657 | 4541 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
4542 break; | |
610 | 4543 } |
657 | 4544 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
610 | 4545 } |
7 | 4546 } |
4547 | |
665 | 4548 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
4549 if (insert_match) | |
4550 { | |
4551 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
4552 ins_compl_insert(); | |
4553 else | |
1782 | 4554 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
665 | 4555 } |
4556 else | |
4557 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
7 | 4558 |
4559 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
4560 { | |
540 | 4561 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
4562 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
4563 | |
665 | 4564 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
4565 update_screen(0); | |
4566 | |
540 | 4567 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
4568 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
864 | 4569 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
4570 if (gui.in_use) | |
4571 { | |
4572 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
4573 setcursor(); | |
4574 out_flush(); | |
4575 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
4576 } | |
4577 #endif | |
540 | 4578 |
7 | 4579 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
4580 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
4581 ins_compl_delete(); | |
4582 } | |
4583 | |
825 | 4584 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
1219 | 4585 * menu is visible. */ |
825 | 4586 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
4587 | |
7 | 4588 /* |
4589 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
4590 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
4591 */ | |
464 | 4592 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
7 | 4593 { |
4594 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
464 | 4595 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
7 | 4596 if (i <= 0) |
4597 i = 0; | |
4598 else | |
4599 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
464 | 4600 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
7 | 4601 msg(IObuff); |
4602 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
4603 } | |
4604 | |
4605 return num_matches; | |
4606 } | |
4607 | |
4608 /* | |
4609 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
4610 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
716 | 4611 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
7 | 4612 * possible. -- webb |
464 | 4613 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
7 | 4614 */ |
4615 void | |
464 | 4616 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
4617 int frequency; | |
7 | 4618 { |
4619 static int count = 0; | |
4620 | |
4621 int c; | |
4622 | |
4623 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
4624 * scripts */ | |
4625 if (using_script()) | |
4626 return; | |
4627 | |
4628 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
464 | 4629 if (++count < frequency) |
7 | 4630 return; |
4631 count = 0; | |
4632 | |
909 | 4633 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
4634 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
7 | 4635 c = vpeekc_any(); |
4636 if (c != NUL) | |
4637 { | |
4638 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
4639 { | |
4640 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
610 | 4641 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
665 | 4642 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
4643 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
7 | 4644 } |
909 | 4645 else |
4646 { | |
4647 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
1526 | 4648 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
909 | 4649 c = safe_vgetc(); |
1526 | 4650 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
4651 { | |
4652 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
4653 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
4654 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
4655 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
4656 | |
4657 vungetc(c); | |
4658 } | |
909 | 4659 } |
449 | 4660 } |
716 | 4661 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
909 | 4662 { |
4663 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
4664 | |
4665 compl_pending = 0; | |
4666 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
4667 } | |
610 | 4668 } |
4669 | |
4670 /* | |
4671 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
4672 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
4673 */ | |
4674 static int | |
4675 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
4676 int c; | |
4677 { | |
665 | 4678 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
4679 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
4680 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
610 | 4681 return BACKWARD; |
4682 return FORWARD; | |
4683 } | |
4684 | |
4685 /* | |
644 | 4686 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
4687 * is visible. | |
4688 */ | |
4689 static int | |
4690 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
4691 int c; | |
4692 { | |
4693 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
665 | 4694 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
4695 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
644 | 4696 } |
4697 | |
4698 /* | |
610 | 4699 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
4700 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
4701 */ | |
4702 static int | |
4703 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
4704 int c; | |
4705 { | |
4706 int h; | |
4707 | |
665 | 4708 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
610 | 4709 { |
4710 h = pum_get_height(); | |
4711 if (h > 3) | |
4712 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
4713 return h; | |
4714 } | |
4715 return 1; | |
7 | 4716 } |
4717 | |
4718 /* | |
681 | 4719 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
4720 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
4721 */ | |
4722 static int | |
4723 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
4724 int c; | |
4725 { | |
4726 switch (c) | |
4727 { | |
4728 case K_UP: | |
4729 case K_DOWN: | |
4730 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
4731 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
4732 case K_S_DOWN: | |
4733 case K_PAGEUP: | |
4734 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
4735 case K_S_UP: | |
4736 return FALSE; | |
4737 } | |
4738 return TRUE; | |
4739 } | |
4740 | |
4741 /* | |
7 | 4742 * Do Insert mode completion. |
4743 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
4744 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
4745 */ | |
4746 static int | |
4747 ins_complete(c) | |
449 | 4748 int c; |
7 | 4749 { |
449 | 4750 char_u *line; |
4751 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
4752 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
4753 int n; | |
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4754 int save_w_wrow; |
7 | 4755 |
610 | 4756 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
449 | 4757 if (!compl_started) |
7 | 4758 { |
4759 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
4760 | |
4761 did_ai = FALSE; | |
4762 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
4763 did_si = FALSE; | |
4764 can_si = FALSE; | |
4765 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
4766 #endif | |
4767 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
4768 return FAIL; | |
4769 | |
4770 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
449 | 4771 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
716 | 4772 compl_pending = 0; |
7 | 4773 |
1430 | 4774 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
449 | 4775 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
4776 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
1430 | 4777 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
4778 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
4779 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
4780 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
665 | 4781 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
4782 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
7 | 4783 { |
4784 /* | |
4785 * it is a continued search | |
4786 */ | |
449 | 4787 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
7 | 4788 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
4789 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
4790 { | |
449 | 4791 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
7 | 4792 { |
449 | 4793 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
4794 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
4795 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
4796 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
4797 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
4798 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
4799 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4800 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
7 | 4801 } |
4802 else | |
4803 { | |
4804 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
4805 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
449 | 4806 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
4807 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
7 | 4808 { |
449 | 4809 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
4810 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
4811 line + compl_length | |
4812 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
7 | 4813 } |
449 | 4814 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
7 | 4815 } |
449 | 4816 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
502 | 4817 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
1796 | 4818 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
7 | 4819 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
449 | 4820 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
7 | 4821 { |
449 | 4822 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
4823 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
4824 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
7 | 4825 } |
449 | 4826 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
4827 if (compl_length < 1) | |
4828 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
7 | 4829 } |
4830 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
449 | 4831 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
7 | 4832 else |
449 | 4833 compl_cont_status = 0; |
7 | 4834 } |
4835 else | |
449 | 4836 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
4837 | |
4838 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
4839 { | |
4840 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
7 | 4841 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
449 | 4842 compl_cont_status = 0; |
4843 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
4844 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
4845 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
4846 compl_col = 0; | |
7 | 4847 } |
4848 | |
4849 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
4850 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
4851 { | |
449 | 4852 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
7 | 4853 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
4854 { | |
449 | 4855 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
7 | 4856 { |
449 | 4857 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
7 | 4858 ; |
449 | 4859 compl_col += ++startcol; |
4860 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
7 | 4861 } |
4862 if (p_ic) | |
449 | 4863 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
4864 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
7 | 4865 else |
449 | 4866 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
4867 compl_length); | |
4868 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4869 return FAIL; |
4870 } | |
449 | 4871 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
7 | 4872 { |
4873 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
4874 | |
1872 | 4875 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
449 | 4876 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
1872 | 4877 compl_length) + 2); |
449 | 4878 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
7 | 4879 return FAIL; |
449 | 4880 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
4881 || (compl_col > 0 | |
7 | 4882 && ( |
4883 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
449 | 4884 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
7 | 4885 #else |
449 | 4886 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
7 | 4887 #endif |
4888 ))) | |
4889 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
449 | 4890 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
4891 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
4892 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
7 | 4893 } |
449 | 4894 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
7 | 4895 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
449 | 4896 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
7 | 4897 #else |
449 | 4898 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
7 | 4899 #endif |
4900 ) | |
4901 { | |
4902 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
449 | 4903 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
4904 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4905 return FAIL; |
449 | 4906 compl_col += curs_col; |
4907 compl_length = 0; | |
7 | 4908 } |
4909 else | |
4910 { | |
4911 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4912 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
4913 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
4914 if (has_mbyte) | |
4915 { | |
4916 int base_class; | |
4917 int head_off; | |
4918 | |
449 | 4919 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
4920 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
4921 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
7 | 4922 { |
449 | 4923 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
4924 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
4925 - head_off)) | |
7 | 4926 break; |
449 | 4927 startcol -= head_off; |
7 | 4928 } |
4929 } | |
4930 else | |
4931 #endif | |
449 | 4932 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
7 | 4933 ; |
449 | 4934 compl_col += ++startcol; |
4935 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
4936 if (compl_length == 1) | |
7 | 4937 { |
4938 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
4939 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
4940 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
4941 */ | |
449 | 4942 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
4943 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4944 return FAIL; |
449 | 4945 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
4946 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
4947 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
7 | 4948 } |
4949 else | |
4950 { | |
449 | 4951 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
1872 | 4952 compl_length) + 2); |
449 | 4953 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
7 | 4954 return FAIL; |
449 | 4955 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
4956 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
4957 compl_length); | |
7 | 4958 } |
4959 } | |
4960 } | |
4961 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
4962 { | |
835 | 4963 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
449 | 4964 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
4965 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
4966 compl_length = 0; | |
7 | 4967 if (p_ic) |
449 | 4968 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
4969 NULL, 0); | |
7 | 4970 else |
449 | 4971 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
4972 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4973 return FAIL; |
4974 } | |
4975 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
4976 { | |
449 | 4977 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) |
7 | 4978 ; |
449 | 4979 compl_col += ++startcol; |
4980 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
4981 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
4982 EXPAND_FILES); | |
4983 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4984 return FAIL; |
4985 } | |
4986 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
4987 { | |
449 | 4988 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
4989 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
7 | 4990 return FAIL; |
449 | 4991 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
4992 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
4993 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
4994 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
935 | 4995 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
4996 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
897 | 4997 compl_col = curs_col; |
4998 else | |
935 | 4999 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
5000 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
7 | 5001 } |
523 | 5002 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
502 | 5003 { |
12 | 5004 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
5005 /* | |
502 | 5006 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
5007 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
12 | 5008 */ |
502 | 5009 char_u *args[2]; |
452 | 5010 int col; |
502 | 5011 char_u *funcname; |
5012 pos_T pos; | |
5013 | |
523 | 5014 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
502 | 5015 * string */ |
5016 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
5017 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
5018 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
523 | 5019 { |
5020 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
5021 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
12 | 5022 return FAIL; |
523 | 5023 } |
452 | 5024 |
5025 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
502 | 5026 args[1] = NULL; |
5027 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
5028 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); | |
5029 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ | |
5030 | |
452 | 5031 if (col < 0) |
523 | 5032 col = curs_col; |
452 | 5033 compl_col = col; |
1872 | 5034 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
452 | 5035 compl_col = curs_col; |
449 | 5036 |
5037 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
5038 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
5039 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
452 | 5040 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
449 | 5041 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5042 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
502 | 5043 #endif |
449 | 5044 return FAIL; |
5045 } | |
477 | 5046 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
5047 { | |
744 | 5048 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
497 | 5049 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
5050 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
5051 else | |
5052 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
5053 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
897 | 5054 { |
5055 compl_length = 0; | |
5056 compl_col = curs_col; | |
5057 } | |
5058 else | |
5059 { | |
5060 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
5061 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
5062 } | |
818 | 5063 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
5064 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
477 | 5065 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5066 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
5067 #endif | |
5068 return FAIL; | |
5069 } | |
449 | 5070 else |
5071 { | |
5072 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
5073 return FAIL; | |
5074 } | |
5075 | |
5076 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 5077 { |
5078 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
5079 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
5080 { | |
5081 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
5082 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5083 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
5084 | |
5085 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
5086 #endif | |
449 | 5087 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
5088 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
7 | 5089 ins_eol('\r'); |
5090 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5091 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
5092 #endif | |
449 | 5093 compl_length = 0; |
5094 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
7 | 5095 } |
5096 } | |
5097 else | |
5098 { | |
5099 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
449 | 5100 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
5101 } | |
5102 | |
5103 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
5104 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
7 | 5105 else |
5106 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
5107 | |
694 | 5108 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
5109 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
449 | 5110 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
5111 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
942 | 5112 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
449 | 5113 { |
5114 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
5115 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
5116 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
5117 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
7 | 5118 return FAIL; |
5119 } | |
5120 | |
5121 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
5122 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
5123 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
5124 */ | |
5125 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
5126 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5127 showmode(); | |
5128 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
5129 out_flush(); | |
5130 } | |
5131 | |
449 | 5132 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
5133 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
7 | 5134 |
5135 /* | |
665 | 5136 * Find next match (and following matches). |
7 | 5137 */ |
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5138 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
681 | 5139 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
449 | 5140 |
540 | 5141 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
5142 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
5143 | |
449 | 5144 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
5145 compl_matches = n; | |
5146 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
5147 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
857 | 5148 |
5149 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
5150 * mode. */ | |
7 | 5151 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
5152 { | |
5153 (void)vgetc(); | |
5154 got_int = FALSE; | |
5155 } | |
5156 | |
449 | 5157 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
464 | 5158 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
449 | 5159 { |
5160 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
5161 && compl_length > 1 | |
7 | 5162 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
5163 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
5164 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
5165 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
5166 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
5167 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
449 | 5168 if ( compl_length > 1 |
5169 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
7 | 5170 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
5171 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
5172 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
449 | 5173 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
5174 } | |
5175 | |
464 | 5176 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
449 | 5177 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 5178 else |
449 | 5179 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
7 | 5180 |
5181 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
5182 { | |
464 | 5183 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
7 | 5184 { |
5185 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
5186 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
5187 } | |
449 | 5188 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
7 | 5189 { |
5190 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
5191 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5192 } | |
464 | 5193 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
7 | 5194 { |
5195 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
5196 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
5197 } | |
5198 else | |
5199 { | |
5200 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
464 | 5201 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
7 | 5202 { |
464 | 5203 int number = 0; |
5204 compl_T *match; | |
7 | 5205 |
449 | 5206 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
7 | 5207 { |
5208 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
5209 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
5210 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
464 | 5211 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
5212 && match != compl_first_match; | |
5213 match = match->cp_prev) | |
5214 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
7 | 5215 { |
464 | 5216 number = match->cp_number; |
7 | 5217 break; |
5218 } | |
5219 if (match != NULL) | |
5220 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
5221 * yet */ | |
540 | 5222 for (match = match->cp_next; |
5223 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
464 | 5224 match = match->cp_next) |
5225 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
7 | 5226 } |
5227 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
5228 { | |
5229 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
5230 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
5231 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
464 | 5232 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
5233 && match != compl_first_match; | |
5234 match = match->cp_next) | |
5235 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
7 | 5236 { |
464 | 5237 number = match->cp_number; |
7 | 5238 break; |
5239 } | |
5240 if (match != NULL) | |
5241 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
5242 * assigned yet */ | |
464 | 5243 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
5244 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
5245 match = match->cp_prev) | |
5246 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
7 | 5247 } |
5248 } | |
5249 | |
540 | 5250 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
5251 * just a safety check. */ | |
464 | 5252 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
7 | 5253 { |
1063 | 5254 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
5255 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
5256 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
7 | 5257 |
449 | 5258 if (compl_matches > 0) |
1063 | 5259 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
5260 _("match %d of %d"), | |
464 | 5261 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
7 | 5262 else |
1063 | 5263 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
5264 _("match %d"), | |
5265 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
7 | 5266 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
5267 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
5268 if (dollar_vcol) | |
5269 curs_columns(FALSE); | |
5270 } | |
5271 } | |
5272 } | |
5273 | |
5274 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
5275 showmode(); | |
5276 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
5277 { | |
5278 if (!p_smd) | |
5279 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
5280 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
5281 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
5282 } | |
5283 else | |
5284 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
5285 | |
857 | 5286 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
5287 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
5288 { | |
5289 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
5290 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
5291 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5292 |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5293 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5294 setcursor(); |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5295 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5296 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5297 |
857 | 5298 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
5299 setcursor(); | |
5300 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
5301 } | |
874 | 5302 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
857 | 5303 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
540 | 5304 |
7 | 5305 return OK; |
5306 } | |
5307 | |
5308 /* | |
5309 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
5310 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
5311 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
5312 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
5313 */ | |
1872 | 5314 static unsigned |
7 | 5315 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
5316 char_u *dest; | |
5317 char_u *src; | |
5318 int len; | |
5319 { | |
1872 | 5320 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
5321 | |
5322 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
7 | 5323 { |
5324 switch (*src) | |
5325 { | |
5326 case '.': | |
5327 case '*': | |
5328 case '[': | |
5329 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
5330 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
5331 break; | |
5332 case '~': | |
5333 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
5334 break; | |
5335 case '\\': | |
5336 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
5337 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
5338 break; | |
5339 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
5340 case '$': | |
5341 m++; | |
5342 if (dest != NULL) | |
5343 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
5344 break; | |
5345 } | |
5346 if (dest != NULL) | |
5347 *dest++ = *src; | |
464 | 5348 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7 | 5349 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
5350 if (has_mbyte) | |
5351 { | |
5352 int i, mb_len; | |
5353 | |
474 | 5354 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
7 | 5355 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
5356 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
5357 { | |
5358 --len; | |
5359 ++src; | |
5360 if (dest != NULL) | |
5361 *dest++ = *src; | |
5362 } | |
5363 } | |
464 | 5364 # endif |
7 | 5365 } |
5366 if (dest != NULL) | |
5367 *dest = NUL; | |
5368 | |
5369 return m; | |
5370 } | |
5371 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
5372 | |
5373 /* | |
5374 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
5375 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
5376 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
5377 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
5378 */ | |
5379 int | |
5380 get_literal() | |
5381 { | |
5382 int cc; | |
5383 int nc; | |
5384 int i; | |
5385 int hex = FALSE; | |
5386 int octal = FALSE; | |
5387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5388 int unicode = 0; | |
5389 #endif | |
5390 | |
5391 if (got_int) | |
5392 return Ctrl_C; | |
5393 | |
5394 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5395 /* | |
5396 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
5397 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
5398 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
5399 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
5400 */ | |
5401 if (gui.in_use) | |
5402 ++allow_keys; | |
5403 #endif | |
5404 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
5405 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
5406 #endif | |
5407 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
5408 cc = 0; | |
5409 i = 0; | |
5410 for (;;) | |
5411 { | |
1389 | 5412 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 5413 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
5414 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
5415 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5416 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
5417 # endif | |
5418 ) | |
5419 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
5420 #endif | |
5421 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
5422 hex = TRUE; | |
5423 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
5424 octal = TRUE; | |
5425 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5426 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
5427 unicode = nc; | |
5428 #endif | |
5429 else | |
5430 { | |
5431 if (hex | |
5432 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5433 || unicode != 0 | |
5434 #endif | |
5435 ) | |
5436 { | |
5437 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
5438 break; | |
5439 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
5440 } | |
5441 else if (octal) | |
5442 { | |
5443 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
5444 break; | |
5445 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
5446 } | |
5447 else | |
5448 { | |
5449 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
5450 break; | |
5451 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
5452 } | |
5453 | |
5454 ++i; | |
5455 } | |
5456 | |
5457 if (cc > 255 | |
5458 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5459 && unicode == 0 | |
5460 #endif | |
5461 ) | |
5462 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
5463 nc = 0; | |
5464 | |
5465 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
5466 { | |
5467 if (i >= 2) | |
5468 break; | |
5469 } | |
5470 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5471 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
5472 { | |
5473 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
5474 break; | |
5475 } | |
5476 #endif | |
5477 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
5478 break; | |
5479 } | |
5480 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
5481 { | |
5482 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
5483 { | |
5484 cc = '\n'; | |
5485 nc = 0; | |
5486 } | |
5487 else | |
5488 { | |
5489 cc = nc; | |
5490 nc = 0; | |
5491 } | |
5492 } | |
5493 | |
5494 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
5495 cc = '\n'; | |
221 | 5496 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5497 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
5498 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
5499 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
5500 #endif | |
7 | 5501 |
5502 --no_mapping; | |
5503 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5504 if (gui.in_use) | |
5505 --allow_keys; | |
5506 #endif | |
5507 if (nc) | |
5508 vungetc(nc); | |
5509 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
5510 return cc; | |
5511 } | |
5512 | |
5513 /* | |
5514 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
5515 */ | |
5516 static void | |
5517 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
5518 int c; | |
5519 int allow_modmask; | |
5520 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
5521 { | |
5522 char_u *p; | |
5523 int len; | |
5524 | |
5525 /* | |
5526 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
5527 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
5528 * mode. | |
5529 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
5530 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
5531 */ | |
5532 #ifdef MACOS | |
5533 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
5534 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
5535 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
5536 #endif | |
5537 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
5538 { | |
5539 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
5540 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
5541 c = p[len - 1]; | |
5542 if (len > 2) | |
5543 { | |
5544 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
5545 return; | |
5546 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
5547 ins_str(p); | |
620 | 5548 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
7 | 5549 ctrlv = FALSE; |
5550 } | |
5551 } | |
5552 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
5553 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
5554 } | |
5555 | |
5556 /* | |
5557 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
5558 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
5559 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
5560 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
5561 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
5562 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
5563 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
5564 */ | |
5565 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5566 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
5567 #else | |
5568 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
5569 #endif | |
5570 | |
5571 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5572 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
5573 #else | |
5574 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
5575 #endif | |
5576 | |
5577 void | |
5578 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
5579 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
5580 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
5581 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
5582 { | |
5583 int textwidth; | |
5584 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5585 char_u *p; | |
667 | 5586 #endif |
7 | 5587 int fo_ins_blank; |
5588 | |
5589 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
5590 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
5591 | |
5592 /* | |
5593 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
5594 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
5595 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
5596 * ends in white space. | |
5597 * - Otherwise: | |
5598 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
5599 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
5600 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
5601 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
5602 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
5603 * before the insert. | |
5604 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
5605 * before 'textwidth' | |
5606 */ | |
667 | 5607 if (textwidth > 0 |
7 | 5608 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
5609 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
5610 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
5611 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5612 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
5613 #endif | |
5614 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
5615 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
5616 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
5617 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
5618 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
5619 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
5620 )))))) | |
5621 { | |
667 | 5622 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
5623 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
5624 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
1000 | 5625 int do_internal = TRUE; |
5626 | |
1563 | 5627 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
1000 | 5628 { |
5629 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
5630 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
5631 * was called. */ | |
5632 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
5633 } | |
5634 if (do_internal) | |
667 | 5635 #endif |
2004 | 5636 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
667 | 5637 } |
5638 | |
7 | 5639 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
5640 return; | |
5641 | |
5642 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5643 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
5644 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
5645 { | |
5646 char_u *line; | |
5647 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
5648 int middle_len, end_len; | |
5649 int i; | |
5650 | |
5651 /* | |
5652 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
5653 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
5654 */ | |
5655 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE); | |
5656 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ | |
5657 { | |
5658 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
5659 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
5660 ++p; | |
5661 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
5662 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
5663 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
5664 --middle_len; | |
5665 | |
5666 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
5667 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
5668 ++p; | |
5669 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
5670 | |
5671 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
5672 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5673 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
5674 ; | |
5675 i++; | |
5676 | |
5677 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
5678 i -= middle_len; | |
5679 | |
5680 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
5681 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
5682 { | |
5683 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
5684 backspace_until_column(i); | |
5685 | |
5686 /* | |
5687 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
5688 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
5689 */ | |
5690 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
5691 } | |
5692 } | |
5693 } | |
5694 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
5695 #endif | |
5696 | |
5697 did_ai = FALSE; | |
5698 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
5699 did_si = FALSE; | |
5700 can_si = FALSE; | |
5701 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
5702 #endif | |
5703 | |
5704 /* | |
5705 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
5706 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
5707 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
5708 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
5709 * 'paste' is set).. | |
5710 */ | |
5711 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
5712 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
5713 #endif | |
5714 | |
5715 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
5716 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5717 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
5718 #endif | |
5719 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
5720 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
5721 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
5722 && !cindent_on() | |
5723 #endif | |
5724 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5725 && !p_ri | |
5726 #endif | |
5727 ) | |
5728 { | |
5729 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
5730 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
5731 int i; | |
5732 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
5733 | |
5734 buf[0] = c; | |
5735 i = 1; | |
667 | 5736 if (textwidth > 0) |
7 | 5737 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
5738 /* | |
5739 * Stop the string when: | |
5740 * - no more chars available | |
5741 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
5742 * - buffer is full | |
5743 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
5744 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
5745 */ | |
5746 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
5747 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
5748 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5749 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
5750 #endif | |
5751 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
5752 && (textwidth == 0 | |
5753 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
5754 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
5755 { | |
5756 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5757 c = vgetc(); | |
5758 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
5759 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
5760 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
5761 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
5762 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
5763 # endif | |
5764 buf[i++] = c; | |
5765 #else | |
5766 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
5767 #endif | |
5768 } | |
5769 | |
5770 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
5771 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
5772 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
5773 #endif | |
5774 buf[i] = NUL; | |
5775 ins_str(buf); | |
5776 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
5777 { | |
5778 redo_literal(*buf); | |
5779 i = 1; | |
5780 } | |
5781 else | |
5782 i = 0; | |
5783 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
620 | 5784 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
7 | 5785 } |
5786 else | |
5787 { | |
5788 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
667 | 5789 int cc; |
5790 | |
7 | 5791 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
5792 { | |
5793 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
5794 | |
5795 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
5796 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
5797 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
5798 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
5799 } | |
5800 else | |
5801 #endif | |
5802 { | |
5803 ins_char(c); | |
5804 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
5805 redo_literal(c); | |
5806 else | |
5807 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
5808 } | |
5809 } | |
5810 } | |
5811 | |
5812 /* | |
667 | 5813 * Format text at the current insert position. |
5814 */ | |
5815 static void | |
2004 | 5816 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
667 | 5817 int textwidth; |
5818 int second_indent; | |
5819 int flags; | |
5820 int format_only; | |
2004 | 5821 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
667 | 5822 { |
5823 int cc; | |
5824 int save_char = NUL; | |
5825 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
5826 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
5827 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5828 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
5829 #endif | |
5830 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
5831 int first_line = TRUE; | |
5832 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5833 colnr_T leader_len; | |
5834 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
5835 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
5836 #endif | |
5837 | |
5838 /* | |
5839 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
5840 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
5841 */ | |
2004 | 5842 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
5843 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5844 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
5845 #endif | |
5846 ) | |
667 | 5847 { |
5848 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
5849 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
5850 { | |
5851 save_char = cc; | |
5852 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
5853 } | |
5854 } | |
5855 | |
5856 /* | |
5857 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
5858 */ | |
5859 while (!got_int) | |
5860 { | |
5861 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
5862 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
5863 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
5864 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
5865 colnr_T len; | |
5866 colnr_T virtcol; | |
5867 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
5868 int orig_col = 0; | |
5869 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
5870 #endif | |
5871 colnr_T col; | |
2004 | 5872 colnr_T end_col; |
5873 | |
5874 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
5875 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
5876 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
667 | 5877 break; |
5878 | |
5879 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5880 if (no_leader) | |
5881 do_comments = FALSE; | |
5882 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
5883 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
5884 do_comments = TRUE; | |
5885 | |
5886 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
5887 if (do_comments) | |
5888 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE); | |
5889 else | |
5890 leader_len = 0; | |
5891 | |
5892 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
5893 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
5894 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
5895 * to start with %. */ | |
5896 if (leader_len == 0) | |
5897 no_leader = TRUE; | |
5898 #endif | |
5899 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
5900 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5901 && leader_len == 0 | |
5902 #endif | |
5903 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
5904 | |
5905 break; | |
5906 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
5907 break; | |
5908 | |
5909 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
5910 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
5911 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5912 | |
2004 | 5913 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
667 | 5914 foundcol = 0; |
5915 | |
5916 /* | |
5917 * Find position to break at. | |
5918 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
5919 */ | |
5920 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
5921 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
5922 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
5923 { | |
2004 | 5924 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
5925 cc = c; | |
5926 else | |
5927 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
667 | 5928 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
5929 { | |
5930 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
2004 | 5931 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
667 | 5932 |
5933 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
5934 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
5935 { | |
5936 dec_cursor(); | |
5937 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
5938 } | |
5939 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
5940 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
5941 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5942 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
5943 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
5944 break; | |
5945 #endif | |
5946 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
5947 { | |
5948 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
5949 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
5950 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
2004 | 5951 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
5952 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
5953 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
5954 break; | |
5955 #endif | |
667 | 5956 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
5957 dec_cursor(); | |
5958 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
5959 | |
5960 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
5961 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
5962 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5963 } | |
2004 | 5964 |
5965 inc_cursor(); | |
5966 | |
5967 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
5968 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5969 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
667 | 5970 break; |
5971 } | |
5972 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2004 | 5973 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
667 | 5974 { |
5975 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
2004 | 5976 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
5977 { | |
5978 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
5979 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
5980 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
5981 break; | |
5982 #endif | |
5983 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5984 inc_cursor(); | |
5985 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
5986 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
5987 { | |
5988 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5989 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
5990 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
5991 break; | |
5992 } | |
5993 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5994 } | |
5995 | |
5996 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
5997 break; | |
5998 | |
5999 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6000 | |
6001 dec_cursor(); | |
6002 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6003 | |
6004 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
6005 continue; /* break with space */ | |
6006 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6007 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
6008 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
6009 break; | |
6010 #endif | |
6011 | |
6012 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
6013 | |
667 | 6014 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
6015 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
2004 | 6016 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
6017 break; | |
667 | 6018 } |
6019 #endif | |
6020 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
6021 break; | |
6022 dec_cursor(); | |
6023 } | |
6024 | |
6025 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
6026 { | |
6027 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
6028 break; | |
6029 } | |
6030 | |
6031 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
6032 undisplay_dollar(); | |
6033 | |
6034 /* | |
6035 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
6036 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
6037 * over the text instead. | |
6038 */ | |
6039 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6040 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6041 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
6042 else | |
6043 #endif | |
2004 | 6044 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
667 | 6045 |
6046 /* | |
6047 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
6048 * characters that will remain on top line | |
6049 */ | |
6050 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
2004 | 6051 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
6052 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
667 | 6053 inc_cursor(); |
6054 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6055 if (startcol < 0) | |
6056 startcol = 0; | |
6057 | |
6058 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6059 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6060 { | |
6061 /* | |
6062 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
6063 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
6064 */ | |
6065 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
6066 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
6067 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
6068 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
6069 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
6070 | |
6071 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
6072 if (!fo_white_par) | |
6073 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
6074 } | |
6075 else | |
6076 #endif | |
6077 { | |
6078 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
6079 if (!fo_white_par) | |
6080 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
6081 } | |
6082 | |
6083 /* | |
6084 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
6085 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
6086 */ | |
6087 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
6088 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
6089 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6090 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
6091 #endif | |
6092 , old_indent); | |
6093 old_indent = 0; | |
6094 | |
6095 replace_offset = 0; | |
6096 if (first_line) | |
6097 { | |
6098 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
6099 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); | |
6100 if (second_indent >= 0) | |
6101 { | |
6102 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6103 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 6104 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
667 | 6105 else |
6106 #endif | |
6107 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); | |
6108 } | |
6109 first_line = FALSE; | |
6110 } | |
6111 | |
6112 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6113 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6114 { | |
6115 /* | |
6116 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
6117 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
6118 */ | |
6119 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
6120 vim_free(saved_text); | |
6121 } | |
6122 else | |
6123 #endif | |
6124 { | |
6125 /* | |
6126 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
6127 * may have added or removed indent. | |
6128 */ | |
6129 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
6130 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
6131 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
6132 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
6133 } | |
6134 | |
6135 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
6136 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
6137 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
6138 #endif | |
6139 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
6140 did_ai = FALSE; | |
6141 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
6142 did_si = FALSE; | |
6143 can_si = FALSE; | |
6144 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
6145 #endif | |
6146 line_breakcheck(); | |
6147 } | |
6148 | |
6149 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
6150 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
6151 | |
6152 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
6153 { | |
6154 update_topline(); | |
6155 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
6156 } | |
6157 } | |
6158 | |
6159 /* | |
7 | 6160 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
6161 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
6162 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
6163 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
6164 * saved here. | |
6165 */ | |
6166 void | |
6167 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
6168 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
6169 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
6170 { | |
6171 pos_T pos; | |
6172 colnr_T len; | |
6173 char_u *old; | |
6174 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
6175 int wasatend; | |
301 | 6176 int cc; |
7 | 6177 |
6178 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
6179 return; | |
6180 | |
6181 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6182 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
6183 | |
6184 /* may remove added space */ | |
6185 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
6186 | |
6187 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
6188 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
6189 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
6190 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
6191 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
1872 | 6192 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
7 | 6193 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
6194 { | |
6195 dec_cursor(); | |
301 | 6196 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6197 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
6198 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
7 | 6199 dec_cursor(); |
301 | 6200 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6201 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
7 | 6202 { |
6203 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
6204 return; | |
6205 } | |
6206 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
6207 } | |
6208 | |
6209 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
6210 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
6211 * comments. */ | |
6212 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
6213 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0) | |
6214 return; | |
6215 #endif | |
6216 | |
6217 /* | |
6218 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
6219 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
6220 * the start of a paragraph. | |
6221 */ | |
6222 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
6223 { | |
6224 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
6225 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
6226 return; | |
6227 } | |
6228 | |
6229 /* | |
6230 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
6231 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
6232 */ | |
6233 saved_cursor = pos; | |
1563 | 6234 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
7 | 6235 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
6236 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
6237 | |
6238 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6239 { | |
6240 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
6241 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6242 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
6243 } | |
6244 else | |
6245 check_cursor_col(); | |
6246 | |
6247 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
6248 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
6249 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
6250 * formatted. */ | |
6251 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
6252 { | |
6253 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
835 | 6254 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
7 | 6255 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
6256 { | |
6257 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
6258 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
6259 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
6260 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
6261 /* remove the space later */ | |
6262 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
6263 } | |
6264 else | |
6265 /* may remove added space */ | |
6266 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
6267 } | |
6268 | |
6269 check_cursor(); | |
6270 } | |
6271 | |
6272 /* | |
6273 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
6274 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
6275 * position. | |
6276 */ | |
6277 static void | |
6278 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
6279 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
6280 { | |
6281 int c = ' '; | |
301 | 6282 int cc; |
7 | 6283 |
6284 if (did_add_space) | |
6285 { | |
301 | 6286 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
6287 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
7 | 6288 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
6289 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
6290 else | |
6291 { | |
6292 if (!end_insert) | |
6293 { | |
6294 inc_cursor(); | |
6295 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
6296 dec_cursor(); | |
6297 } | |
6298 if (c != NUL) | |
6299 { | |
6300 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
6301 del_char(FALSE); | |
6302 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
6303 } | |
6304 } | |
6305 } | |
6306 } | |
6307 | |
6308 /* | |
6309 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
6310 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
6311 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
6312 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
6313 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
6314 */ | |
6315 int | |
6316 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
867 | 6317 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
7 | 6318 { |
6319 int textwidth; | |
6320 | |
6321 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
6322 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
6323 { | |
6324 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
6325 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
6326 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
6327 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
6328 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
6329 textwidth -= 1; | |
6330 #endif | |
6331 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6332 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
6333 #endif | |
6334 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
6335 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
6336 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
2210 | 6337 || netbeans_active() |
7 | 6338 # endif |
6339 ) | |
6340 textwidth -= 1; | |
6341 #endif | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6342 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
7 | 6343 textwidth -= 8; |
6344 } | |
6345 if (textwidth < 0) | |
6346 textwidth = 0; | |
6347 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
6348 { | |
6349 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
6350 if (textwidth > 79) | |
6351 textwidth = 79; | |
6352 } | |
6353 return textwidth; | |
6354 } | |
6355 | |
6356 /* | |
6357 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
6358 */ | |
6359 static void | |
6360 redo_literal(c) | |
6361 int c; | |
6362 { | |
6363 char_u buf[10]; | |
6364 | |
6365 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
6366 * three digits. */ | |
6367 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
6368 { | |
1872 | 6369 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
7 | 6370 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
6371 } | |
6372 else | |
6373 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
6374 } | |
6375 | |
6376 /* | |
6377 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
484 | 6378 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
7 | 6379 */ |
6380 static void | |
6381 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
840 | 6382 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
7 | 6383 { |
6384 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
6385 { | |
6386 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
6387 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); | |
6388 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ | |
6389 } | |
744 | 6390 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 6391 check_spell_redraw(); |
6392 #endif | |
7 | 6393 } |
6394 | |
744 | 6395 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 6396 /* |
6397 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
6398 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
6399 */ | |
6400 static void | |
6401 check_spell_redraw() | |
6402 { | |
6403 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
6404 { | |
6405 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
6406 | |
6407 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
6408 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
6409 } | |
6410 } | |
484 | 6411 |
6412 /* | |
6413 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
6414 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
6415 */ | |
6416 static void | |
6417 spell_back_to_badword() | |
6418 { | |
6419 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6420 | |
499 | 6421 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
484 | 6422 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
6423 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
6424 } | |
221 | 6425 #endif |
6426 | |
7 | 6427 /* |
6428 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
6429 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
6430 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
6431 */ | |
6432 int | |
6433 stop_arrow() | |
6434 { | |
6435 if (arrow_used) | |
6436 { | |
6437 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
6438 { | |
6439 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
6440 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
6441 } | |
6442 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
1869 | 6443 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
7 | 6444 ai_col = 0; |
6445 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
6446 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
6447 { | |
6448 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6449 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
6450 } | |
6451 #endif | |
6452 ResetRedobuff(); | |
6453 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
613 | 6454 new_insert_skip = 2; |
7 | 6455 } |
6456 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
6457 { | |
6458 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
6459 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
6460 } | |
6461 | |
6462 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6463 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
6464 foldOpenCursor(); | |
6465 #endif | |
6466 | |
6467 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
6468 } | |
6469 | |
6470 /* | |
840 | 6471 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
6472 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
6473 * to another window/buffer. | |
7 | 6474 */ |
6475 static void | |
6476 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) | |
840 | 6477 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
603 | 6478 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
7 | 6479 { |
603 | 6480 int cc; |
6481 char_u *ptr; | |
7 | 6482 |
6483 stop_redo_ins(); | |
6484 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
6485 | |
6486 /* | |
603 | 6487 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
6488 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
6489 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
7 | 6490 */ |
603 | 6491 ptr = get_inserted(); |
615 | 6492 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
6493 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
603 | 6494 { |
6495 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6496 last_insert = ptr; | |
6497 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
6498 } | |
6499 else | |
6500 vim_free(ptr); | |
7 | 6501 |
840 | 6502 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
7 | 6503 { |
6504 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
6505 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
6506 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
6507 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
10 | 6508 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
7 | 6509 { |
10 | 6510 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
6511 | |
7 | 6512 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
6513 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
6514 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
6515 cc = 'x'; | |
6516 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
6517 { | |
6518 dec_cursor(); | |
6519 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6520 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
10 | 6521 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
7 | 6522 } |
6523 | |
6524 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
6525 | |
10 | 6526 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
6527 { | |
6528 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
6529 inc_cursor(); | |
6530 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6531 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
6532 * the "coladd". */ | |
6533 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
6534 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
6535 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
6536 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
6537 #endif | |
6538 } | |
7 | 6539 } |
6540 | |
6541 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
6542 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
6543 | |
6544 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
10 | 6545 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
1892 | 6546 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
6547 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
6548 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
10 | 6549 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
1892 | 6550 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
6551 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
7 | 6552 { |
10 | 6553 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
6554 | |
6555 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
1892 | 6556 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
786 | 6557 for (;;) |
6558 { | |
6559 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
6560 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6561 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
6562 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
6563 break; | |
1892 | 6564 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
6565 break; /* should not happen */ | |
786 | 6566 } |
10 | 6567 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
6568 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
6569 else if (cc != NUL) | |
7 | 6570 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
6571 | |
6572 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6573 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
6574 * deleted characters. */ | |
6575 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
6576 { | |
1872 | 6577 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
6578 | |
6579 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
7 | 6580 { |
1872 | 6581 VIsual.col = len; |
7 | 6582 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
6583 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
6584 # endif | |
6585 } | |
6586 } | |
6587 #endif | |
6588 } | |
6589 } | |
6590 did_ai = FALSE; | |
6591 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
6592 did_si = FALSE; | |
6593 can_si = FALSE; | |
6594 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
6595 #endif | |
6596 | |
840 | 6597 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
6598 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
6599 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
6600 { | |
6601 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
6602 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; | |
6603 } | |
7 | 6604 } |
6605 | |
6606 /* | |
6607 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
6608 * Used for the replace command. | |
6609 */ | |
6610 void | |
6611 set_last_insert(c) | |
6612 int c; | |
6613 { | |
6614 char_u *s; | |
6615 | |
6616 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6617 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6618 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
6619 #else | |
6620 last_insert = alloc(6); | |
6621 #endif | |
6622 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
6623 { | |
6624 s = last_insert; | |
6625 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
6626 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
6627 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
6628 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
6629 *s++ = ESC; | |
6630 *s++ = NUL; | |
6631 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
6632 } | |
6633 } | |
6634 | |
359 | 6635 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
6636 void | |
6637 free_last_insert() | |
6638 { | |
6639 vim_free(last_insert); | |
6640 last_insert = NULL; | |
1446 | 6641 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
694 | 6642 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
6643 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
1446 | 6644 # endif |
359 | 6645 } |
6646 #endif | |
6647 | |
7 | 6648 /* |
6649 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
6650 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
6651 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
6652 */ | |
6653 char_u * | |
6654 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
6655 int c; | |
6656 char_u *s; | |
6657 { | |
6658 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6659 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
6660 int i; | |
6661 int len; | |
6662 | |
6663 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
6664 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
6665 { | |
6666 c = temp[i]; | |
6667 #endif | |
6668 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
6669 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
6670 { | |
6671 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
6672 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
6673 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
6674 } | |
6675 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6676 else if (c == CSI) | |
6677 { | |
6678 *s++ = CSI; | |
6679 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
6680 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
6681 } | |
6682 #endif | |
6683 else | |
6684 *s++ = c; | |
6685 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6686 } | |
6687 #endif | |
6688 return s; | |
6689 } | |
6690 | |
6691 /* | |
6692 * move cursor to start of line | |
6693 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
6694 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
6695 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
6696 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
6697 */ | |
6698 void | |
6699 beginline(flags) | |
6700 int flags; | |
6701 { | |
6702 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
6703 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
6704 else | |
6705 { | |
6706 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
6707 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6708 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
6709 #endif | |
6710 | |
6711 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
6712 { | |
6713 char_u *ptr; | |
6714 | |
6715 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
6716 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
6717 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6718 } | |
6719 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6720 } | |
6721 } | |
6722 | |
6723 /* | |
6724 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
6725 * | |
6726 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
773 | 6727 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
7 | 6728 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
6729 */ | |
6730 | |
6731 int | |
6732 oneright() | |
6733 { | |
6734 char_u *ptr; | |
6735 int l; | |
6736 | |
6737 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6738 if (virtual_active()) | |
6739 { | |
6740 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6741 | |
6742 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
6743 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
6744 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
773 | 6745 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7 | 6746 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
773 | 6747 # else |
7 | 6748 *ptr |
773 | 6749 # endif |
7 | 6750 )) |
6751 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
6752 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6753 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
6754 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
6755 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
6756 } | |
6757 #endif | |
6758 | |
6759 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
773 | 6760 if (*ptr == NUL) |
6761 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
6762 | |
7 | 6763 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
773 | 6764 if (has_mbyte) |
6765 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
7 | 6766 else |
6767 #endif | |
773 | 6768 l = 1; |
6769 | |
6770 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
6771 * contains "onemore". */ | |
6772 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
6773 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6774 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
6775 #endif | |
6776 ) | |
6777 return FAIL; | |
6778 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
7 | 6779 |
6780 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6781 return OK; | |
6782 } | |
6783 | |
6784 int | |
6785 oneleft() | |
6786 { | |
6787 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6788 if (virtual_active()) | |
6789 { | |
6790 int width; | |
6791 int v = getviscol(); | |
6792 | |
6793 if (v == 0) | |
6794 return FAIL; | |
6795 | |
6796 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
6797 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
6798 width = 1; | |
6799 for (;;) | |
6800 { | |
6801 coladvance(v - width); | |
6802 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
6803 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
6804 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
6805 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6806 && !has_mbyte | |
6807 # endif | |
6808 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
6809 break; | |
6810 ++width; | |
6811 } | |
6812 # else | |
6813 coladvance(v - 1); | |
6814 # endif | |
6815 | |
6816 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
6817 { | |
6818 char_u *ptr; | |
6819 | |
6820 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
6821 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
6822 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
6823 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6824 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
6825 # else | |
6826 *ptr | |
6827 # endif | |
6828 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
6829 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
6830 } | |
6831 | |
6832 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6833 return OK; | |
6834 } | |
6835 #endif | |
6836 | |
6837 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
6838 return FAIL; | |
6839 | |
6840 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
6841 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
6842 | |
6843 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6844 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
6845 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
6846 if (has_mbyte) | |
6847 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
6848 #endif | |
6849 return OK; | |
6850 } | |
6851 | |
6852 int | |
6853 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
6854 long n; | |
6855 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
6856 { | |
6857 linenr_T lnum; | |
6858 | |
6859 if (n > 0) | |
6860 { | |
6861 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
161 | 6862 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
6863 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
6864 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
7 | 6865 return FAIL; |
6866 if (n >= lnum) | |
6867 lnum = 1; | |
6868 else | |
6869 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6870 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
6871 { | |
6872 /* | |
6873 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
6874 */ | |
6875 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ | |
6876 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
6877 | |
6878 while (n--) | |
6879 { | |
6880 /* move up one line */ | |
6881 --lnum; | |
6882 if (lnum <= 1) | |
6883 break; | |
6884 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
6885 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
6886 * in a moment. */ | |
6887 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
6888 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
6889 } | |
6890 if (lnum < 1) | |
6891 lnum = 1; | |
6892 } | |
6893 else | |
6894 #endif | |
6895 lnum -= n; | |
6896 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
6897 } | |
6898 | |
6899 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
6900 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
6901 | |
6902 if (upd_topline) | |
6903 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
6904 | |
6905 return OK; | |
6906 } | |
6907 | |
6908 /* | |
6909 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
6910 */ | |
6911 int | |
6912 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
6913 long n; | |
6914 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
6915 { | |
6916 linenr_T lnum; | |
6917 | |
6918 if (n > 0) | |
6919 { | |
6920 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
6921 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6922 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
6923 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
6924 #endif | |
161 | 6925 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
6926 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
6927 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
6928 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
6929 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
7 | 6930 return FAIL; |
6931 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6932 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6933 else | |
6934 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6935 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
6936 { | |
6937 linenr_T last; | |
6938 | |
6939 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
6940 while (n--) | |
6941 { | |
6942 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
6943 lnum = last + 1; | |
6944 else | |
6945 ++lnum; | |
6946 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6947 break; | |
6948 } | |
6949 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6950 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6951 } | |
6952 else | |
6953 #endif | |
6954 lnum += n; | |
6955 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
6956 } | |
6957 | |
6958 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
6959 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
6960 | |
6961 if (upd_topline) | |
6962 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
6963 | |
6964 return OK; | |
6965 } | |
6966 | |
6967 /* | |
6968 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
6969 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
6970 * first have to remove the command. | |
6971 */ | |
6972 int | |
6973 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
6974 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
6975 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
6976 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
6977 { | |
6978 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
6979 char_u *ptr; | |
6980 char_u *last_ptr; | |
6981 char_u last = NUL; | |
6982 | |
6983 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
6984 if (ptr == NULL) | |
6985 { | |
6986 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
6987 return FAIL; | |
6988 } | |
6989 | |
6990 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
6991 if (c != NUL) | |
6992 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
6993 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
6994 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
6995 | |
6996 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
6997 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
6998 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
6999 */ | |
7000 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
7001 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
7002 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
7003 { | |
7004 last = *last_ptr; | |
7005 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
7006 } | |
7007 | |
7008 do | |
7009 { | |
7010 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
7011 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
7012 if (last) | |
7013 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
7014 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
7015 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
7016 } | |
7017 while (--count > 0); | |
7018 | |
7019 if (last) | |
7020 *last_ptr = last; | |
7021 | |
7022 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
7023 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
7024 | |
7025 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
7026 if (!no_esc) | |
7027 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
7028 | |
7029 return OK; | |
7030 } | |
7031 | |
7032 char_u * | |
7033 get_last_insert() | |
7034 { | |
7035 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
7036 return NULL; | |
7037 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
7038 } | |
7039 | |
7040 /* | |
7041 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
7042 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
7043 */ | |
7044 char_u * | |
7045 get_last_insert_save() | |
7046 { | |
7047 char_u *s; | |
7048 int len; | |
7049 | |
7050 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
7051 return NULL; | |
7052 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
7053 if (s != NULL) | |
7054 { | |
7055 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
7056 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
7057 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
7058 } | |
7059 return s; | |
7060 } | |
7061 | |
7062 /* | |
7063 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
7064 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
7065 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
7066 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
7067 */ | |
7068 static int | |
7069 echeck_abbr(c) | |
7070 int c; | |
7071 { | |
7072 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
7073 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
7074 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
7075 return FALSE; | |
7076 | |
7077 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
7078 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
7079 } | |
7080 | |
7081 /* | |
7082 * replace-stack functions | |
7083 * | |
7084 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
7085 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
7086 * | |
7087 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
7088 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
7089 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
7090 * | |
7091 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
7092 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
7093 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
7094 * | |
7095 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
7096 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
7097 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
7098 */ | |
7099 | |
298 | 7100 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
7101 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
7102 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
7 | 7103 |
7104 void | |
7105 replace_push(c) | |
7106 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
7107 { | |
7108 char_u *p; | |
7109 | |
7110 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
7111 return; | |
7112 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
7113 { | |
7114 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
7115 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
7116 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
7117 { | |
7118 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
7119 return; | |
7120 } | |
7121 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
7122 { | |
7123 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
7124 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
7125 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
7126 } | |
7127 replace_stack = p; | |
7128 } | |
7129 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
7130 if (replace_offset) | |
7131 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
7132 *p = c; | |
7133 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
7134 } | |
7135 | |
1470 | 7136 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
7137 /* | |
7138 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
7139 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
7140 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
7141 */ | |
7142 int | |
7143 replace_push_mb(p) | |
7144 char_u *p; | |
7145 { | |
7146 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
7147 int j; | |
7148 | |
7149 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
7150 replace_push(p[j]); | |
7151 return l; | |
7152 } | |
7153 #endif | |
7154 | |
840 | 7155 #if 0 |
7 | 7156 /* |
7157 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL. | |
7158 */ | |
7159 static void | |
7160 replace_push_off(c) | |
7161 int c; | |
7162 { | |
7163 char_u *p; | |
7164 | |
7165 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr; | |
7166 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr; | |
7167 ++replace_offset) | |
7168 if (*--p == NUL) | |
7169 break; | |
7170 replace_push(c); | |
7171 replace_offset = 0; | |
7172 } | |
840 | 7173 #endif |
7 | 7174 |
7175 /* | |
7176 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
7177 * return -1 if stack empty | |
7178 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
7179 */ | |
7180 static int | |
7181 replace_pop() | |
7182 { | |
7183 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
7184 return -1; | |
7185 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
7186 } | |
7187 | |
7188 /* | |
7189 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
7190 * encountered. | |
7191 */ | |
7192 static void | |
7193 replace_join(off) | |
7194 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
7195 { | |
7196 int i; | |
7197 | |
7198 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
7199 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
7200 { | |
7201 --replace_stack_nr; | |
7202 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
7203 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
7204 return; | |
7205 } | |
7206 } | |
7207 | |
7208 /* | |
7209 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
7210 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
7211 */ | |
7212 static void | |
7213 replace_pop_ins() | |
7214 { | |
7215 int cc; | |
7216 int oldState = State; | |
7217 | |
7218 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
7219 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
7220 { | |
7221 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7222 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
7223 #else | |
7224 ins_char(cc); | |
7225 #endif | |
7226 dec_cursor(); | |
7227 } | |
7228 State = oldState; | |
7229 } | |
7230 | |
7231 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7232 /* | |
7233 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
7234 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
7235 */ | |
7236 static void | |
7237 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
7238 int cc; | |
7239 { | |
7240 int n; | |
7241 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
7242 int i; | |
7243 int c; | |
7244 | |
7245 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
7246 { | |
7247 buf[0] = cc; | |
7248 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
7249 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
7250 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
7251 } | |
7252 else | |
7253 ins_char(cc); | |
7254 | |
7255 if (enc_utf8) | |
7256 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
7257 for (;;) | |
7258 { | |
7259 c = replace_pop(); | |
7260 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
7261 break; | |
7262 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
7263 { | |
7264 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
7265 replace_push(c); | |
7266 break; | |
7267 } | |
7268 else | |
7269 { | |
7270 buf[0] = c; | |
7271 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
7272 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
7273 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
7274 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
7275 else | |
7276 { | |
7277 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
7278 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
7279 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
7280 break; | |
7281 } | |
7282 } | |
7283 } | |
7284 } | |
7285 #endif | |
7286 | |
7287 /* | |
7288 * make the replace stack empty | |
7289 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
7290 */ | |
7291 static void | |
7292 replace_flush() | |
7293 { | |
7294 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
7295 replace_stack = NULL; | |
7296 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
7297 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
7298 } | |
7299 | |
7300 /* | |
7301 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
7302 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
7303 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
7304 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
7305 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
1782 | 7306 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
7307 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
7 | 7308 */ |
7309 static void | |
1782 | 7310 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
7311 int limit_col; | |
7 | 7312 { |
7313 int cc; | |
7314 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7315 int orig_len = 0; | |
7316 int ins_len; | |
7317 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
7318 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
7319 char_u *p; | |
7320 int i; | |
7321 int vcol; | |
7322 #endif | |
7323 | |
7324 cc = replace_pop(); | |
7325 if (cc > 0) | |
7326 { | |
7327 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7328 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
7329 { | |
7330 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
7331 * going to delete. */ | |
7332 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
7333 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
7334 } | |
7335 #endif | |
7336 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7337 if (has_mbyte) | |
7338 { | |
1782 | 7339 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
7 | 7340 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
7341 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
835 | 7342 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 7343 # endif |
7344 replace_push(cc); | |
7345 } | |
7346 else | |
7347 #endif | |
7348 { | |
7349 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
7350 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7351 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
835 | 7352 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
7 | 7353 #endif |
7354 } | |
7355 replace_pop_ins(); | |
7356 | |
7357 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
7358 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
7359 { | |
7360 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
7361 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
835 | 7362 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
7 | 7363 vcol = start_vcol; |
7364 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
7365 { | |
7366 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
7367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 7368 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
7 | 7369 #endif |
7370 } | |
7371 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
7372 | |
7373 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
7374 * text aligned. */ | |
7375 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
7376 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
7377 { | |
7378 del_char(FALSE); | |
7379 ++orig_vcols; | |
7380 } | |
7381 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
7382 } | |
7383 #endif | |
7384 | |
7385 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
7386 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
7387 } | |
7388 else if (cc == 0) | |
1782 | 7389 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
7 | 7390 } |
7391 | |
7392 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7393 /* | |
7394 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
7395 */ | |
7396 static int | |
7397 cindent_on() | |
7398 { | |
7399 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
7400 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
7401 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
7402 # endif | |
7403 )); | |
7404 } | |
7405 #endif | |
7406 | |
7407 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
7408 /* | |
7409 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
7410 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
7411 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
7412 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
7413 */ | |
7414 | |
7415 void | |
7416 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
7417 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
7418 { | |
1516 | 7419 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 7420 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
7421 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
7422 } | |
7423 | |
7424 void | |
7425 fix_indent() | |
7426 { | |
7427 if (p_paste) | |
7428 return; | |
7429 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
7430 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
7431 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
7432 # endif | |
7433 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
7434 else | |
7435 # endif | |
7436 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7437 if (cindent_on()) | |
7438 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
7439 # endif | |
7440 } | |
7441 | |
7442 #endif | |
7443 | |
7444 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
7445 /* | |
7446 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
7447 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
7448 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) | |
7449 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) | |
7450 * | |
7451 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
7452 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
7453 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
7454 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
7455 * | |
7456 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
7457 */ | |
7458 int | |
7459 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
7460 int keytyped; | |
7461 int when; | |
7462 int line_is_empty; | |
7463 { | |
7464 char_u *look; | |
7465 int try_match; | |
7466 int try_match_word; | |
7467 char_u *p; | |
7468 char_u *line; | |
7469 int icase; | |
7470 int i; | |
7471 | |
2025 | 7472 if (keytyped == NUL) |
7473 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
7474 return FALSE; | |
7475 | |
7 | 7476 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
7477 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
7478 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
7479 else | |
7480 #endif | |
7481 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
7482 while (*look) | |
7483 { | |
7484 /* | |
7485 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
7486 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
7487 */ | |
7488 switch (when) | |
7489 { | |
7490 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
7491 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
7492 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
7493 } | |
7494 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
7495 ++look; | |
7496 | |
7497 /* | |
7498 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
7499 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
7500 */ | |
7501 if (*look == '0') | |
7502 { | |
7503 try_match_word = try_match; | |
7504 if (!line_is_empty) | |
7505 try_match = FALSE; | |
7506 ++look; | |
7507 } | |
7508 else | |
7509 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
7510 | |
7511 /* | |
7512 * does it look like a control character? | |
7513 */ | |
7514 if (*look == '^' | |
7515 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7516 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
7517 #else | |
7518 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
7519 #endif | |
7520 ) | |
7521 { | |
7522 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
7523 return TRUE; | |
7524 look += 2; | |
7525 } | |
7526 /* | |
7527 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
7528 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
7529 */ | |
7530 else if (*look == 'o') | |
7531 { | |
7532 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
7533 return TRUE; | |
7534 ++look; | |
7535 } | |
7536 else if (*look == 'O') | |
7537 { | |
7538 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
7539 return TRUE; | |
7540 ++look; | |
7541 } | |
7542 | |
7543 /* | |
7544 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
7545 * cursor. | |
7546 */ | |
7547 else if (*look == 'e') | |
7548 { | |
7549 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
7550 { | |
7551 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7552 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
7553 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
7554 return TRUE; | |
7555 } | |
7556 ++look; | |
7557 } | |
7558 | |
7559 /* | |
7560 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
7561 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
7562 * class::method for C++). | |
7563 */ | |
7564 else if (*look == ':') | |
7565 { | |
7566 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
7567 { | |
7568 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7569 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7570 || cin_islabel(30)) |
7 | 7571 return TRUE; |
1300 | 7572 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
7573 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7 | 7574 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
7575 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
7576 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
7577 { | |
7578 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7579 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
7 | 7580 || cin_islabel(30)); |
7581 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
7582 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
7583 if (i) | |
7584 return TRUE; | |
7585 } | |
7586 } | |
7587 ++look; | |
7588 } | |
7589 | |
7590 | |
7591 /* | |
7592 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
7593 */ | |
7594 else if (*look == '<') | |
7595 { | |
7596 if (try_match) | |
7597 { | |
7598 /* | |
7599 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
7600 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
7601 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
7602 */ | |
7603 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
7604 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
7605 return TRUE; | |
7606 | |
7607 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
7608 return TRUE; | |
7609 } | |
7610 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
7611 look++; | |
7612 while (*look == '>') | |
7613 look++; | |
7614 } | |
7615 | |
7616 /* | |
7617 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
7618 */ | |
7619 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
7620 { | |
7621 ++look; | |
7622 if (*look == '~') | |
7623 { | |
7624 icase = TRUE; | |
7625 ++look; | |
7626 } | |
7627 else | |
7628 icase = FALSE; | |
7629 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
7630 if (p == NULL) | |
7631 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
7632 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
7633 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
7634 { | |
7635 int match = FALSE; | |
7636 | |
7637 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
7638 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
7639 { | |
7640 char_u *s; | |
7641 | |
7642 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
7643 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
7644 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
7645 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7646 if (has_mbyte) | |
7647 { | |
7648 char_u *n; | |
7649 | |
7650 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
7651 { | |
7652 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
7653 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
7654 break; | |
7655 } | |
7656 } | |
7657 else | |
7658 # endif | |
7659 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
7660 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
7661 break; | |
7662 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
7663 && (icase | |
7664 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
7665 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
7666 match = TRUE; | |
7667 } | |
7668 else | |
7669 #endif | |
7670 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
7671 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
7672 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
7673 { | |
7674 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
7675 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
7676 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
7677 && (icase | |
7678 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
7679 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
7680 == 0) | |
7681 match = TRUE; | |
7682 } | |
7683 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
7684 { | |
7685 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
7686 * word. */ | |
7687 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
7688 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
7689 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
7690 match = FALSE; | |
7691 } | |
7692 if (match) | |
7693 return TRUE; | |
7694 } | |
7695 look = p; | |
7696 } | |
7697 | |
7698 /* | |
7699 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
7700 */ | |
7701 else | |
7702 { | |
7703 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
7704 return TRUE; | |
7705 ++look; | |
7706 } | |
7707 | |
7708 /* | |
7709 * Skip over ", ". | |
7710 */ | |
7711 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
7712 } | |
7713 return FALSE; | |
7714 } | |
7715 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
7716 | |
7717 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
7718 /* | |
7719 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
7720 */ | |
7721 int | |
7722 hkmap(c) | |
7723 int c; | |
7724 { | |
7725 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
7726 { | |
7727 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
7728 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
7729 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
7730 static char_u map[26] = | |
7731 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
7732 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
7733 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
7734 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
7735 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
7736 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
7737 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
7738 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
7739 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
7740 | |
7741 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
7742 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
7743 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
7744 else if (c == 'x') | |
7745 return 'X'; | |
7746 else if (c == 'q') | |
7747 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
7748 else if (c == 246) | |
7749 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
7750 else if (c == 228) | |
7751 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
7752 else if (c == 252) | |
7753 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
7754 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7755 else if (islower(c)) | |
7756 #else | |
7757 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
7758 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
7759 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
7760 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
7761 */ | |
7762 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
7763 #endif | |
7764 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
7765 else | |
7766 return c; | |
7767 } | |
7768 else | |
7769 { | |
7770 switch (c) | |
7771 { | |
7772 case '`': return ';'; | |
7773 case '/': return '.'; | |
7774 case '\'': return ','; | |
7775 case 'q': return '/'; | |
7776 case 'w': return '\''; | |
7777 | |
7778 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
7779 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
7780 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
7781 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
7782 default: { | |
7783 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
7784 | |
7785 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
7786 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
7787 if (!islower(c)) | |
7788 #else | |
7789 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
7790 #endif | |
7791 return c; | |
7792 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
7793 break; | |
7794 } | |
7795 } | |
7796 | |
7797 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
7798 } | |
7799 } | |
7800 #endif | |
7801 | |
7802 static void | |
7803 ins_reg() | |
7804 { | |
7805 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
7806 int regname; | |
7807 int literally = 0; | |
844 | 7808 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
7809 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
7810 #endif | |
7 | 7811 |
7812 /* | |
7813 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
7814 */ | |
7815 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
7816 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
7817 { | |
7818 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 7819 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 7820 |
7821 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
7822 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
7823 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
7824 #endif | |
7825 } | |
7826 | |
7827 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
7828 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
7829 #endif | |
7830 | |
7831 /* | |
7832 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
7833 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
7834 */ | |
7835 ++no_mapping; | |
1389 | 7836 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 7837 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
7838 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
7839 { | |
7840 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
7841 literally = regname; | |
7842 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
7843 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
7844 #endif | |
1389 | 7845 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 7846 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
7847 } | |
7848 --no_mapping; | |
7849 | |
7850 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
7851 /* | |
7852 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, | |
7853 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! | |
7854 */ | |
7855 ++no_u_sync; | |
7856 if (regname == '=') | |
7857 { | |
133 | 7858 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
7 | 7859 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
133 | 7860 # endif |
7 | 7861 regname = get_expr_register(); |
133 | 7862 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
7 | 7863 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
7864 if (im_on) | |
7865 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
133 | 7866 # endif |
7 | 7867 } |
140 | 7868 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
7869 { | |
7870 vim_beep(); | |
7 | 7871 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
140 | 7872 } |
7 | 7873 else |
7874 { | |
7875 #endif | |
7876 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
7877 { | |
7878 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
7879 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
7880 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
7881 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
7882 | |
7883 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
7884 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
7885 } | |
7886 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
7887 { | |
7888 vim_beep(); | |
7889 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
7890 } | |
133 | 7891 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
7892 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
7893 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
7894 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
7895 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
7896 | |
7 | 7897 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
7898 } | |
7899 --no_u_sync; | |
7900 #endif | |
7901 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
7902 clear_showcmd(); | |
7903 #endif | |
7904 | |
7905 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
7906 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
7907 edit_unputchar(); | |
844 | 7908 |
7909 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
7910 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
7911 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
7912 end_visual_mode(); | |
7913 #endif | |
7 | 7914 } |
7915 | |
7916 /* | |
7917 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
7918 */ | |
7919 static void | |
7920 ins_ctrl_g() | |
7921 { | |
7922 int c; | |
7923 | |
7924 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
7925 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
7926 setcursor(); | |
7927 #endif | |
7928 | |
7929 /* | |
7930 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
7931 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
7932 */ | |
7933 ++no_mapping; | |
1389 | 7934 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 7935 --no_mapping; |
7936 switch (c) | |
7937 { | |
7938 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
7939 case K_UP: | |
7940 case Ctrl_K: | |
7941 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
7942 break; | |
7943 | |
7944 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
7945 case K_DOWN: | |
7946 case Ctrl_J: | |
7947 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
7948 break; | |
7949 | |
7950 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
825 | 7951 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
7 | 7952 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
626 | 7953 |
7954 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
1219 | 7955 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
626 | 7956 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
7 | 7957 break; |
7958 | |
7959 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
7960 default: vim_beep(); | |
7961 } | |
7962 } | |
7963 | |
7964 /* | |
449 | 7965 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
7966 */ | |
7967 static void | |
7968 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
7969 { | |
782 | 7970 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
449 | 7971 { |
7972 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
7973 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
7974 { | |
7975 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
7976 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
7977 } | |
7978 else | |
7979 { | |
7980 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
7981 State |= LANGMAP; | |
7982 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
7983 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
7984 #endif | |
7985 } | |
7986 } | |
7987 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
7988 else | |
7989 { | |
7990 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
7991 if (im_get_status()) | |
7992 { | |
7993 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
7994 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
7995 } | |
7996 else | |
7997 { | |
7998 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
7999 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
8000 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
8001 } | |
8002 } | |
8003 #endif | |
8004 set_iminsert_global(); | |
8005 showmode(); | |
8006 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8007 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
8008 if (gui.in_use) | |
8009 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
8010 #endif | |
8011 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
8012 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
8013 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
8014 #endif | |
8015 } | |
8016 | |
8017 /* | |
7 | 8018 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
8019 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
8020 * insert. | |
8021 */ | |
8022 static int | |
477 | 8023 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
7 | 8024 long *count; |
8025 int cmdchar; | |
477 | 8026 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
7 | 8027 { |
8028 int temp; | |
8029 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
8030 | |
744 | 8031 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
449 | 8032 check_spell_redraw(); |
8033 #endif | |
7 | 8034 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
8035 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
8036 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
8037 # endif | |
8038 if (composing_hangul) | |
8039 { | |
8040 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
8041 composing_hangul = 0; | |
8042 } | |
8043 #endif | |
8044 | |
8045 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8046 if (disabled_redraw) | |
8047 { | |
8048 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
8049 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
8050 } | |
8051 if (!arrow_used) | |
8052 { | |
8053 /* | |
8054 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
75 | 8055 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
8056 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
7 | 8057 */ |
8058 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
75 | 8059 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
7 | 8060 |
8061 /* | |
8062 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
8063 * interrupt now and then. | |
8064 */ | |
8065 if (*count > 0) | |
8066 { | |
8067 line_breakcheck(); | |
8068 if (got_int) | |
8069 *count = 0; | |
8070 } | |
8071 | |
8072 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
8073 { | |
164 | 8074 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
8075 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
8076 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
8077 | |
7 | 8078 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
8079 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
8080 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
8081 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
8082 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
8083 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
8084 } | |
8085 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); | |
8086 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8087 } | |
8088 | |
8089 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
8090 * indent */ | |
8091 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
8092 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
8093 | |
8094 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
8095 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
8096 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8097 | |
8098 /* | |
8099 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
477 | 8100 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
7 | 8101 */ |
477 | 8102 if (!nomove |
8103 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
7 | 8104 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
8105 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
8106 #endif | |
477 | 8107 ) |
8108 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
8109 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
7 | 8110 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
477 | 8111 && !VIsual_active |
8112 #endif | |
8113 )) | |
7 | 8114 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
8115 && !revins_on | |
8116 #endif | |
8117 ) | |
8118 { | |
8119 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8120 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
8121 { | |
8122 oneleft(); | |
8123 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
8124 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
8125 } | |
8126 else | |
8127 #endif | |
8128 { | |
8129 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8130 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8131 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
8132 if (has_mbyte) | |
8133 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
8134 #endif | |
8135 } | |
8136 } | |
8137 | |
8138 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
8139 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
8140 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
8141 * well). */ | |
8142 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
8143 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
8144 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
8145 #endif | |
8146 | |
8147 State = NORMAL; | |
8148 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
8149 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
8150 | |
8151 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
8152 setmouse(); | |
8153 #endif | |
8154 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
8155 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
8156 #endif | |
8157 | |
8158 /* | |
8159 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
8160 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
8161 */ | |
8162 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
8163 showmode(); | |
8164 else if (p_smd) | |
8165 MSG(""); | |
8166 | |
8167 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
8168 } | |
8169 | |
8170 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8171 /* | |
8172 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
8173 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
8174 */ | |
8175 static void | |
8176 ins_ctrl_() | |
8177 { | |
8178 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
8179 { | |
8180 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
8181 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8182 } | |
8183 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
8184 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
8185 if (revins_on) | |
8186 { | |
8187 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8188 revins_legal++; | |
8189 revins_chars = 0; | |
8190 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8191 } | |
8192 else | |
8193 revins_scol = -1; | |
8194 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
8195 if (p_altkeymap) | |
8196 { | |
8197 /* | |
8198 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
8199 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
8200 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
8201 */ | |
8202 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
8203 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
8204 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
8205 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
8206 State = INSERT; | |
8207 } | |
8208 else | |
8209 #endif | |
8210 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
8211 showmode(); | |
8212 } | |
8213 #endif | |
8214 | |
8215 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
8216 /* | |
8217 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
8218 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
8219 */ | |
8220 static int | |
8221 ins_start_select(c) | |
8222 int c; | |
8223 { | |
8224 if (km_startsel) | |
8225 switch (c) | |
8226 { | |
8227 case K_KHOME: | |
8228 case K_KEND: | |
8229 case K_PAGEUP: | |
8230 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
8231 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
8232 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
8233 # ifdef MACOS | |
8234 case K_LEFT: | |
8235 case K_RIGHT: | |
8236 case K_UP: | |
8237 case K_DOWN: | |
8238 case K_END: | |
8239 case K_HOME: | |
8240 # endif | |
8241 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
8242 break; | |
8243 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
8244 case K_S_LEFT: | |
8245 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
8246 case K_S_UP: | |
8247 case K_S_DOWN: | |
8248 case K_S_END: | |
8249 case K_S_HOME: | |
8250 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
8251 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
8252 start_selection(); | |
8253 | |
8254 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
8255 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
8256 if (mod_mask) | |
8257 { | |
8258 char_u buf[4]; | |
8259 | |
8260 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
8261 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
8262 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
8263 buf[3] = NUL; | |
8264 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
8265 } | |
8266 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
8267 return TRUE; | |
8268 } | |
8269 return FALSE; | |
8270 } | |
8271 #endif | |
8272 | |
8273 /* | |
449 | 8274 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. |
8275 */ | |
8276 static void | |
8277 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
8278 int replaceState; | |
8279 { | |
8280 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
8281 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
8282 { | |
8283 beep_flush(); | |
8284 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
8285 return; | |
8286 } | |
8287 #endif | |
8288 | |
8289 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
532 | 8290 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
449 | 8291 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
8292 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
667 | 8293 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
8294 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
8295 # endif | |
8296 "r"), 1); | |
532 | 8297 # endif |
449 | 8298 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
8299 #endif | |
8300 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8301 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
8302 else | |
8303 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
8304 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
8305 showmode(); | |
8306 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
8307 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
8308 #endif | |
8309 } | |
8310 | |
8311 /* | |
8312 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
8313 */ | |
8314 static void | |
8315 ins_ctrl_o() | |
8316 { | |
8317 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8318 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8319 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
8320 else | |
8321 #endif | |
8322 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8323 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
8324 else | |
8325 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
8326 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8327 if (virtual_active()) | |
8328 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
8329 else | |
8330 #endif | |
8331 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
8332 } | |
8333 | |
8334 /* | |
7 | 8335 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
8336 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
1796 | 8337 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
7 | 8338 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
8339 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
8340 */ | |
8341 static void | |
8342 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
8343 int c; | |
8344 int lastc; | |
8345 { | |
8346 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8347 return; | |
8348 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
8349 | |
8350 /* | |
8351 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
8352 */ | |
1330 | 8353 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
8354 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
7 | 8355 { |
8356 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8357 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
8358 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
8359 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8360 replace_pop_ins(); | |
8361 if (lastc == '^') | |
8362 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
1516 | 8363 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 8364 } |
8365 else | |
1516 | 8366 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
7 | 8367 |
8368 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
8369 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8370 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8371 did_si = FALSE; | |
8372 can_si = FALSE; | |
8373 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8374 #endif | |
8375 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8376 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
8377 #endif | |
8378 } | |
8379 | |
8380 static void | |
8381 ins_del() | |
8382 { | |
8383 int temp; | |
8384 | |
8385 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8386 return; | |
8387 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
8388 { | |
8389 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8390 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8391 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) |
7 | 8392 vim_beep(); |
8393 else | |
8394 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
8395 } | |
8396 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
8397 vim_beep(); | |
8398 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8399 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8400 did_si = FALSE; | |
8401 can_si = FALSE; | |
8402 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8403 #endif | |
8404 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
8405 } | |
8406 | |
1460 | 8407 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
8408 | |
8409 /* | |
8410 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
8411 */ | |
8412 static void | |
8413 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
8414 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
8415 { | |
8416 dec_cursor(); | |
8417 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
8418 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8419 { | |
8420 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
8421 * Replace mode */ | |
8422 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
8423 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
1782 | 8424 replace_do_bs(-1); |
1460 | 8425 } |
8426 else | |
8427 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
8428 } | |
8429 | |
7 | 8430 /* |
8431 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
8432 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
8433 */ | |
8434 static int | |
8435 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
8436 int c; | |
8437 int mode; | |
8438 int *inserted_space_p; | |
8439 { | |
8440 linenr_T lnum; | |
8441 int cc; | |
8442 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
1872 | 8443 colnr_T save_col; |
7 | 8444 colnr_T mincol; |
8445 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
8446 int in_indent; | |
8447 int oldState; | |
8448 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
714 | 8449 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
7 | 8450 #endif |
8451 | |
8452 /* | |
8453 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
8454 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
8455 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
8456 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
8457 */ | |
8458 if ( bufempty() | |
8459 || ( | |
8460 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8461 !revins_on && | |
8462 #endif | |
8463 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
8464 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
8465 && (arrow_used | |
8466 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8467 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
8468 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
8469 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
8470 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
8471 { | |
8472 vim_beep(); | |
8473 return FALSE; | |
8474 } | |
8475 | |
8476 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
8477 return FALSE; | |
8478 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
8479 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8480 if (in_indent) | |
8481 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
8482 #endif | |
8483 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
8484 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
8485 #endif | |
8486 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8487 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
8488 inc_cursor(); | |
8489 #endif | |
8490 | |
8491 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
8492 /* Virtualedit: | |
8493 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
8494 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
8495 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
8496 */ | |
8497 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
8498 { | |
8499 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
8500 { | |
8501 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
8502 return TRUE; | |
8503 } | |
8504 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
8505 { | |
8506 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
8507 return TRUE; | |
8508 } | |
8509 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
8510 } | |
8511 #endif | |
8512 | |
8513 /* | |
8514 * delete newline! | |
8515 */ | |
8516 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
8517 { | |
8518 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
8519 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8520 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8521 || revins_on | |
8522 #endif | |
8523 ) | |
8524 { | |
8525 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
8526 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
8527 return FALSE; | |
8528 --Insstart.lnum; | |
8529 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
8530 } | |
8531 /* | |
8532 * In replace mode: | |
8533 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
8534 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
8535 */ | |
8536 cc = -1; | |
8537 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8538 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
8539 /* | |
8540 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
8541 * cursor. | |
8542 */ | |
8543 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
8544 { | |
8545 dec_cursor(); | |
8546 } | |
8547 else | |
8548 { | |
8549 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8550 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8551 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
8552 #endif | |
8553 { | |
8554 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
8555 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
278 | 8556 |
8557 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
8558 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
8559 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
8560 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
8561 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
8562 { | |
8563 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
8564 TRUE); | |
8565 int len; | |
8566 | |
835 | 8567 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
278 | 8568 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
8569 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
8570 } | |
8571 | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8572 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 8573 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) |
8574 inc_cursor(); | |
8575 } | |
8576 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8577 else | |
8578 dec_cursor(); | |
8579 #endif | |
8580 | |
8581 /* | |
8582 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
8583 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
8584 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
8585 * characters that NL replaced. | |
8586 */ | |
8587 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8588 { | |
8589 /* | |
8590 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
8591 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
8592 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
8593 */ | |
8594 oldState = State; | |
8595 State = NORMAL; | |
8596 /* | |
8597 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
8598 */ | |
8599 while (cc > 0) | |
8600 { | |
1872 | 8601 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
7 | 8602 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8603 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
8604 #else | |
8605 ins_char(cc); | |
8606 #endif | |
1872 | 8607 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
7 | 8608 cc = replace_pop(); |
8609 } | |
8610 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
8611 replace_pop_ins(); | |
8612 State = oldState; | |
8613 } | |
8614 } | |
8615 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8616 } | |
8617 else | |
8618 { | |
8619 /* | |
8620 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
8621 */ | |
8622 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8623 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
8624 dec_cursor(); | |
8625 #endif | |
8626 mincol = 0; | |
8627 /* keep indent */ | |
1085 | 8628 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
8629 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
8630 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
2004 | 8631 || cindent_on() |
1085 | 8632 #endif |
8633 ) | |
7 | 8634 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
8635 && !revins_on | |
8636 #endif | |
8637 ) | |
8638 { | |
1872 | 8639 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
7 | 8640 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
1988 | 8641 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
7 | 8642 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
1872 | 8643 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
7 | 8644 } |
8645 | |
8646 /* | |
8647 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
8648 */ | |
8649 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
8650 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
648 | 8651 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 |
1497 | 8652 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
7 | 8653 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
8654 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
8655 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
8656 || arrow_used)))))) | |
8657 { | |
8658 int ts; | |
8659 colnr_T vcol; | |
8660 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
1460 | 8661 colnr_T start_vcol; |
7 | 8662 |
8663 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
648 | 8664 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
7 | 8665 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; |
8666 else | |
8667 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
8668 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since | |
8669 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
8670 * the previous character. */ | |
8671 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
1460 | 8672 start_vcol = vcol; |
7 | 8673 dec_cursor(); |
8674 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
8675 inc_cursor(); | |
8676 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
8677 | |
8678 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
8679 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
8680 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
1460 | 8681 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
7 | 8682 |
8683 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
8684 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
8685 { | |
8686 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
8687 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8688 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
8689 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8690 | |
8691 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
8692 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
8693 ins_char(' '); | |
8694 else | |
8695 #endif | |
8696 { | |
8697 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
1460 | 8698 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
8699 replace_push(NUL); | |
7 | 8700 } |
8701 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
8702 } | |
1460 | 8703 |
8704 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
8705 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
8706 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
8707 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
7 | 8708 } |
8709 | |
8710 /* | |
8711 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
8712 */ | |
8713 else do | |
8714 { | |
8715 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8716 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
8717 #endif | |
8718 dec_cursor(); | |
8719 | |
8720 /* start of word? */ | |
8721 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
8722 { | |
8723 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
8724 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
8725 } | |
8726 /* end of word? */ | |
8727 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
8728 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
8729 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
8730 { | |
8731 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8732 if (!revins_on) | |
8733 #endif | |
8734 inc_cursor(); | |
8735 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8736 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
8737 dec_cursor(); | |
8738 #endif | |
8739 break; | |
8740 } | |
8741 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
1782 | 8742 replace_do_bs(-1); |
7 | 8743 else |
8744 { | |
8745 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8746 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
714 | 8747 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
7 | 8748 #endif |
8749 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
8750 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8751 /* | |
714 | 8752 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
8753 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
7 | 8754 * character. |
8755 */ | |
714 | 8756 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
7 | 8757 inc_cursor(); |
8758 #endif | |
8759 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8760 if (revins_chars) | |
8761 { | |
8762 revins_chars--; | |
8763 revins_legal++; | |
8764 } | |
8765 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
8766 break; | |
8767 #endif | |
8768 } | |
8769 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
8770 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
8771 break; | |
8772 } while ( | |
8773 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
8774 revins_on || | |
8775 #endif | |
8776 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
8777 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
8778 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
8779 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
8780 } | |
8781 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
8782 did_si = FALSE; | |
8783 can_si = FALSE; | |
8784 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
8785 #endif | |
8786 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
8787 did_ai = FALSE; | |
8788 /* | |
8789 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
8790 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
8791 * with. | |
8792 */ | |
8793 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
8794 | |
8795 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
8796 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
8797 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
8798 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
8799 | |
8800 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
8801 * was there remains visible | |
8802 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
8803 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
8804 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
8805 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
8806 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
8807 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0) | |
8808 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
8809 | |
1514 | 8810 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
8811 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
8812 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
8813 * char before a Tab. */ | |
8814 if (did_backspace) | |
8815 foldOpenCursor(); | |
8816 #endif | |
8817 | |
7 | 8818 return did_backspace; |
8819 } | |
8820 | |
8821 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
8822 static void | |
8823 ins_mouse(c) | |
8824 int c; | |
8825 { | |
8826 pos_T tpos; | |
840 | 8827 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
7 | 8828 |
8829 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8830 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
8831 if (!gui.in_use) | |
8832 # endif | |
8833 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
8834 return; | |
8835 | |
8836 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8837 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8838 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
8839 { | |
840 | 8840 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
8841 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
8842 | |
8843 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
8844 { | |
8845 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
8846 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
8847 curwin = old_curwin; | |
8848 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8849 } | |
8850 #endif | |
8851 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
8852 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
8853 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
8854 { | |
8855 curwin = new_curwin; | |
8856 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8857 } | |
8858 #endif | |
7 | 8859 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
8860 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
8861 # endif | |
8862 } | |
8863 | |
8864 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
8865 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
8866 redraw_statuslines(); | |
8867 #endif | |
8868 } | |
8869 | |
8870 static void | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8871 ins_mousescroll(dir) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8872 int dir; |
7 | 8873 { |
8874 pos_T tpos; | |
1434 | 8875 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
8876 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
8877 # endif | |
8878 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
8879 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
7 | 8880 # endif |
8881 | |
8882 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8883 | |
8884 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
8885 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ | |
8886 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
8887 { | |
8888 int row, col; | |
8889 | |
8890 row = mouse_row; | |
8891 col = mouse_col; | |
8892 | |
8893 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
8894 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
8895 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8896 } | |
8897 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
8898 # endif | |
8899 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8900 | |
1434 | 8901 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
8902 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
8903 if (!pum_visible() | |
8904 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
8905 || curwin != old_curwin | |
8906 # endif | |
8907 ) | |
8908 # endif | |
8909 { | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8910 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8911 { |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8912 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8913 scroll_redraw(dir, |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8914 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8915 else |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8916 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8917 } |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8918 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
1434 | 8919 else |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8920 { |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8921 int val, step = 6; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8922 |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8923 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8924 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8925 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8926 if (val < 0) |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8927 val = 0; |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8928 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8929 } |
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
8930 #endif |
1434 | 8931 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
8932 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
8933 # endif | |
8934 } | |
7 | 8935 |
8936 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
8937 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
8938 | |
8939 curwin = old_curwin; | |
8940 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
8941 # endif | |
8942 | |
1434 | 8943 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
8944 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
8945 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
8946 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
8947 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
8948 { | |
8949 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
8950 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
8951 } | |
8952 # endif | |
8953 | |
7 | 8954 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
8955 { | |
8956 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
8957 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8958 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
8959 # endif | |
8960 } | |
8961 } | |
8962 #endif | |
8963 | |
692 | 8964 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
724 | 8965 static void |
692 | 8966 ins_tabline(c) |
8967 int c; | |
8968 { | |
8969 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
8970 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
8971 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
8972 { | |
8973 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8974 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
8975 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
8976 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
8977 # endif | |
8978 } | |
8979 | |
8980 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
8981 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
8982 else | |
846 | 8983 { |
692 | 8984 handle_tabmenu(); |
846 | 8985 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
8986 } | |
692 | 8987 } |
8988 #endif | |
8989 | |
8990 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
7 | 8991 void |
8992 ins_scroll() | |
8993 { | |
8994 pos_T tpos; | |
8995 | |
8996 undisplay_dollar(); | |
8997 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
8998 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
8999 { | |
9000 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9001 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9002 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9003 # endif | |
9004 } | |
9005 } | |
9006 | |
9007 void | |
9008 ins_horscroll() | |
9009 { | |
9010 pos_T tpos; | |
9011 | |
9012 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9013 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9014 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) |
7 | 9015 { |
9016 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9017 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9018 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9019 # endif | |
9020 } | |
9021 } | |
9022 #endif | |
9023 | |
9024 static void | |
9025 ins_left() | |
9026 { | |
9027 pos_T tpos; | |
9028 | |
9029 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9030 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9031 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9032 #endif | |
9033 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9034 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9035 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
9036 { | |
941 | 9037 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
9038 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
9039 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
9040 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
9041 #endif | |
9042 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
7 | 9043 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
9044 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
9045 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
9046 revins_legal++; | |
9047 revins_chars++; | |
9048 #endif | |
9049 } | |
9050 | |
9051 /* | |
9052 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
9053 * previous line | |
9054 */ | |
9055 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
9056 { | |
9057 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9058 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
9059 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
9060 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
9061 } | |
9062 else | |
9063 vim_beep(); | |
9064 } | |
9065 | |
9066 static void | |
9067 ins_home(c) | |
9068 int c; | |
9069 { | |
9070 pos_T tpos; | |
9071 | |
9072 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9073 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9074 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9075 #endif | |
9076 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9077 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9078 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
9079 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
9080 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
9081 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9082 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
9083 #endif | |
9084 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
9085 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9086 } | |
9087 | |
9088 static void | |
9089 ins_end(c) | |
9090 int c; | |
9091 { | |
9092 pos_T tpos; | |
9093 | |
9094 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9095 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9096 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9097 #endif | |
9098 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9099 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9100 if (c == K_C_END) | |
9101 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
9102 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
9103 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
9104 | |
9105 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9106 } | |
9107 | |
9108 static void | |
9109 ins_s_left() | |
9110 { | |
9111 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9112 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9113 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9114 #endif | |
9115 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9116 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
9117 { | |
9118 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9119 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
9120 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9121 } | |
9122 else | |
9123 vim_beep(); | |
9124 } | |
9125 | |
9126 static void | |
9127 ins_right() | |
9128 { | |
9129 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9130 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9131 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9132 #endif | |
9133 undisplay_dollar(); | |
1877 | 9134 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
9135 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9136 || virtual_active() | |
9137 #endif | |
7 | 9138 ) |
9139 { | |
9140 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9141 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9142 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
9143 if (virtual_active()) | |
9144 oneright(); | |
9145 else | |
9146 #endif | |
9147 { | |
9148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9149 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 9150 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 9151 else |
9152 #endif | |
9153 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
9154 } | |
9155 | |
9156 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
9157 revins_legal++; | |
9158 if (revins_chars) | |
9159 revins_chars--; | |
9160 #endif | |
9161 } | |
9162 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
9163 * cursor to the next line */ | |
9164 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
9165 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
9166 { | |
9167 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9168 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9169 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
9170 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
9171 } | |
9172 else | |
9173 vim_beep(); | |
9174 } | |
9175 | |
9176 static void | |
9177 ins_s_right() | |
9178 { | |
9179 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
9180 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
9181 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9182 #endif | |
9183 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9184 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
9185 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
9186 { | |
9187 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9188 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
9189 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
9190 } | |
9191 else | |
9192 vim_beep(); | |
9193 } | |
9194 | |
9195 static void | |
9196 ins_up(startcol) | |
9197 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
9198 { | |
9199 pos_T tpos; | |
9200 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
9201 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9202 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
9203 #endif | |
9204 | |
9205 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9206 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9207 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
9208 { | |
9209 if (startcol) | |
9210 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
9211 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
9212 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9213 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
9214 #endif | |
9215 ) | |
9216 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9217 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9218 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9219 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9220 #endif | |
9221 } | |
9222 else | |
9223 vim_beep(); | |
9224 } | |
9225 | |
9226 static void | |
9227 ins_pageup() | |
9228 { | |
9229 pos_T tpos; | |
9230 | |
9231 undisplay_dollar(); | |
828 | 9232 |
9233 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9234 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
9235 { | |
9236 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
1013 | 9237 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
9238 { | |
9239 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9240 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
9241 } | |
828 | 9242 return; |
9243 } | |
9244 #endif | |
9245 | |
7 | 9246 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
9247 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
9248 { | |
9249 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9250 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9251 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9252 #endif | |
9253 } | |
9254 else | |
9255 vim_beep(); | |
9256 } | |
9257 | |
9258 static void | |
9259 ins_down(startcol) | |
9260 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
9261 { | |
9262 pos_T tpos; | |
9263 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
9264 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9265 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
9266 #endif | |
9267 | |
9268 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9269 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9270 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
9271 { | |
9272 if (startcol) | |
9273 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
9274 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
9275 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
9276 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
9277 #endif | |
9278 ) | |
9279 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9280 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9281 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9282 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9283 #endif | |
9284 } | |
9285 else | |
9286 vim_beep(); | |
9287 } | |
9288 | |
9289 static void | |
9290 ins_pagedown() | |
9291 { | |
9292 pos_T tpos; | |
9293 | |
9294 undisplay_dollar(); | |
828 | 9295 |
9296 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9297 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
9298 { | |
9299 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
1013 | 9300 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
9301 { | |
9302 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9303 goto_tabpage(0); | |
9304 } | |
828 | 9305 return; |
9306 } | |
9307 #endif | |
9308 | |
7 | 9309 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
9310 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
9311 { | |
9312 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
9313 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9314 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9315 #endif | |
9316 } | |
9317 else | |
9318 vim_beep(); | |
9319 } | |
9320 | |
9321 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
9322 static void | |
9323 ins_drop() | |
9324 { | |
9325 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
9326 } | |
9327 #endif | |
9328 | |
9329 /* | |
9330 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
9331 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
9332 */ | |
9333 static int | |
9334 ins_tab() | |
9335 { | |
9336 int ind; | |
9337 int i; | |
9338 int temp; | |
9339 | |
9340 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
9341 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
9342 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
9343 return FALSE; | |
9344 | |
9345 ind = inindent(0); | |
9346 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9347 if (ind) | |
9348 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
9349 #endif | |
9350 | |
9351 /* | |
9352 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
9353 */ | |
9354 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
9355 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) | |
9356 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) | |
9357 return TRUE; | |
9358 | |
9359 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
9360 return TRUE; | |
9361 | |
9362 did_ai = FALSE; | |
9363 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
9364 did_si = FALSE; | |
9365 can_si = FALSE; | |
9366 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
9367 #endif | |
9368 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
9369 | |
9370 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
9371 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
9372 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ | |
9373 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
9374 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ | |
9375 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
9376 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
9377 | |
9378 /* | |
9379 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
9380 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
9381 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
9382 */ | |
9383 ins_char(' '); | |
9384 while (--temp > 0) | |
9385 { | |
9386 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9387 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9388 ins_char(' '); | |
9389 else | |
9390 #endif | |
9391 { | |
9392 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
9393 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
9394 replace_push(NUL); | |
9395 } | |
9396 } | |
9397 | |
9398 /* | |
9399 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
9400 */ | |
9401 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) | |
9402 { | |
9403 char_u *ptr; | |
9404 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9405 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
9406 pos_T pos; | |
9407 #endif | |
9408 pos_T fpos; | |
9409 pos_T *cursor; | |
9410 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
9411 int change_col = -1; | |
9412 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
9413 | |
9414 /* | |
9415 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
9416 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
9417 */ | |
9418 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9419 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9420 { | |
9421 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9422 cursor = &pos; | |
9423 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
9424 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
9425 return FALSE; | |
9426 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
9427 } | |
9428 else | |
9429 #endif | |
9430 { | |
9431 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
9432 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
9433 } | |
9434 | |
9435 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
9436 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
9437 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
9438 | |
9439 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
9440 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9441 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
9442 { | |
9443 --fpos.col; | |
9444 --ptr; | |
9445 } | |
9446 | |
9447 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
9448 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9449 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
9450 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
9451 { | |
9452 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
9453 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
9454 } | |
9455 | |
9456 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
9457 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
9458 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
9459 | |
9460 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
9461 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
9462 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
9463 { | |
9464 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
9465 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
9466 break; | |
9467 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
9468 { | |
9469 *ptr = TAB; | |
9470 if (change_col < 0) | |
9471 { | |
9472 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
9473 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
9474 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
9475 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
9476 } | |
9477 } | |
9478 ++fpos.col; | |
9479 ++ptr; | |
9480 vcol += i; | |
9481 } | |
9482 | |
9483 if (change_col >= 0) | |
9484 { | |
9485 int repl_off = 0; | |
9486 | |
9487 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
9488 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
9489 { | |
9490 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
9491 ++ptr; | |
9492 ++repl_off; | |
9493 } | |
9494 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
9495 { | |
9496 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
9497 --ptr; | |
9498 --repl_off; | |
9499 } | |
9500 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
9501 | |
9502 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
9503 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
9504 if (i > 0) | |
9505 { | |
1622 | 9506 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
7 | 9507 /* correct replace stack. */ |
9508 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9509 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9510 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9511 #endif | |
9512 ) | |
9513 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
9514 replace_join(repl_off); | |
9515 } | |
33 | 9516 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
2210 | 9517 if (netbeans_active()) |
33 | 9518 { |
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9519 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
33 | 9520 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
9521 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
9522 } | |
9523 #endif | |
7 | 9524 cursor->col -= i; |
9525 | |
9526 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9527 /* | |
9528 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
9529 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
9530 * spacing. | |
9531 */ | |
9532 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9533 { | |
9534 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
9535 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
9536 | |
9537 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
9538 * ptr-cursor */ | |
9539 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
9540 cursor->col - change_col); | |
9541 } | |
9542 #endif | |
9543 } | |
9544 | |
9545 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9546 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9547 vim_free(saved_line); | |
9548 #endif | |
9549 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
9550 } | |
9551 | |
9552 return FALSE; | |
9553 } | |
9554 | |
9555 /* | |
9556 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
9557 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
9558 */ | |
9559 static int | |
9560 ins_eol(c) | |
9561 int c; | |
9562 { | |
9563 int i; | |
9564 | |
9565 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
9566 return FALSE; | |
9567 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
9568 return TRUE; | |
9569 undisplay_dollar(); | |
9570 | |
9571 /* | |
9572 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
9573 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
9574 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
9575 */ | |
9576 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
9577 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9578 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9579 #endif | |
9580 ) | |
9581 replace_push(NUL); | |
9582 | |
9583 /* | |
9584 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
9585 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
9586 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
9587 * in open_line(). | |
9588 */ | |
9589 | |
844 | 9590 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
9591 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
9592 * CTRL-O). */ | |
9593 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
9594 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
9595 #endif | |
9596 | |
7 | 9597 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
9598 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
9599 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
9600 fkmap(NL); | |
9601 # endif | |
9602 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
9603 * current line. */ | |
9604 if (revins_on) | |
9605 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
9606 #endif | |
9607 | |
9608 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
9609 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
9610 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
9611 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
9612 #endif | |
9613 0, old_indent); | |
9614 old_indent = 0; | |
9615 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
9616 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
9617 #endif | |
1032 | 9618 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
9619 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
9620 foldOpenCursor(); | |
9621 #endif | |
7 | 9622 |
9623 return (!i); | |
9624 } | |
9625 | |
9626 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
9627 /* | |
9628 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
9629 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
9630 * done. | |
9631 */ | |
9632 static int | |
9633 ins_digraph() | |
9634 { | |
9635 int c; | |
9636 int cc; | |
9637 | |
9638 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
9639 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
9640 { | |
9641 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 9642 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9643 |
9644 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
9645 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9646 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
9647 #endif | |
9648 } | |
9649 | |
9650 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
9651 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
9652 #endif | |
9653 | |
9654 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
9655 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
9656 ++no_mapping; | |
9657 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 9658 c = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 9659 --no_mapping; |
9660 --allow_keys; | |
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9661 edit_unputchar(); /* when line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start |
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9662 of the next line and will not be redrawn */ |
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9663 |
7 | 9664 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ |
9665 { | |
9666 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9667 clear_showcmd(); | |
9668 #endif | |
9669 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
9670 return NUL; | |
9671 } | |
9672 if (c != ESC) | |
9673 { | |
9674 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
9675 { | |
9676 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
661 | 9677 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9678 |
9679 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
9680 { | |
9681 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing | |
9682 * an ESC next */ | |
9683 edit_unputchar(); | |
661 | 9684 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
7 | 9685 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
9686 } | |
9687 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9688 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
9689 #endif | |
9690 } | |
9691 ++no_mapping; | |
9692 ++allow_keys; | |
1389 | 9693 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 9694 --no_mapping; |
9695 --allow_keys; | |
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9696 edit_unputchar(); /* when line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the |
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9697 start of the next line and will not be redrawn */ |
7 | 9698 if (cc != ESC) |
9699 { | |
9700 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
9701 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
9702 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9703 clear_showcmd(); | |
9704 #endif | |
9705 return c; | |
9706 } | |
9707 } | |
9708 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
9709 clear_showcmd(); | |
9710 #endif | |
9711 return NUL; | |
9712 } | |
9713 #endif | |
9714 | |
9715 /* | |
9716 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
9717 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
9718 */ | |
9719 static int | |
9720 ins_copychar(lnum) | |
9721 linenr_T lnum; | |
9722 { | |
9723 int c; | |
9724 int temp; | |
9725 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
9726 | |
9727 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
9728 { | |
9729 vim_beep(); | |
9730 return NUL; | |
9731 } | |
9732 | |
9733 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
9734 temp = 0; | |
9735 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
9736 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
9737 validate_virtcol(); | |
9738 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
9739 { | |
9740 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
9741 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
9742 } | |
9743 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
9744 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
9745 | |
9746 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9747 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
9748 #else | |
9749 c = *ptr; | |
9750 #endif | |
9751 if (c == NUL) | |
9752 vim_beep(); | |
9753 return c; | |
9754 } | |
9755 | |
449 | 9756 /* |
9757 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
9758 */ | |
9759 static int | |
9760 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
9761 int tc; | |
9762 { | |
9763 int c = tc; | |
9764 | |
9765 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
9766 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
9767 { | |
9768 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
9769 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
9770 else | |
9771 scrollup_clamp(); | |
9772 redraw_later(VALID); | |
9773 } | |
9774 else | |
9775 #endif | |
9776 { | |
9777 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
9778 if (c != NUL) | |
9779 { | |
9780 long tw_save; | |
9781 | |
9782 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
9783 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
9784 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
9785 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
9786 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
9787 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
9788 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
9789 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
9790 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
9791 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
9792 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
9793 revins_chars++; | |
9794 revins_legal++; | |
9795 #endif | |
9796 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
9797 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
9798 } | |
9799 } | |
9800 return c; | |
9801 } | |
9802 | |
7 | 9803 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
9804 /* | |
9805 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
9806 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
9807 */ | |
9808 static void | |
9809 ins_try_si(c) | |
9810 int c; | |
9811 { | |
9812 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
9813 char_u *ptr; | |
9814 int i; | |
9815 int temp; | |
9816 | |
9817 /* | |
9818 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
9819 */ | |
9820 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
9821 { | |
9822 /* | |
9823 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
9824 */ | |
9825 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
9826 { | |
9827 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9828 /* | |
9829 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
9830 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
9831 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
9832 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
9833 * lines -- webb | |
9834 */ | |
9835 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
9836 i = pos->col; | |
9837 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
9838 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
9839 ; | |
9840 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
9841 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
9842 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
9843 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
9844 i = get_indent(); | |
9845 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
9846 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9847 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 9848 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
7 | 9849 else |
9850 #endif | |
9851 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
9852 } | |
9853 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
9854 { | |
9855 /* | |
9856 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
9857 * more than indent of previous line | |
9858 */ | |
9859 temp = TRUE; | |
9860 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
9861 { | |
9862 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
9863 i = get_indent(); | |
9864 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
9865 { | |
9866 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
9867 | |
9868 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
9869 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
9870 break; | |
9871 } | |
9872 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
9873 temp = FALSE; | |
9874 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
9875 } | |
9876 if (temp) | |
1516 | 9877 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
7 | 9878 } |
9879 } | |
9880 | |
9881 /* | |
9882 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
9883 */ | |
9884 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
9885 { | |
9886 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
9887 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
9888 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
9889 } | |
9890 | |
9891 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
9892 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
9893 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
9894 } | |
9895 #endif | |
9896 | |
9897 /* | |
9898 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
9899 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
9900 */ | |
9901 static colnr_T | |
9902 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
9903 { | |
9904 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
9905 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
9906 validate_virtcol(); | |
9907 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
9908 } |